JVC RXE-100-RS Service manual

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

SERVICE MANUAL

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROL RECEIVER

RX-E100RSL

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

TAPE

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

123

BASS– REAR-L

TEST

456

BASS BOOST

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

EFFECT

TREBLE–

10

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

EON

PTY

(

ENTER

DSP

MODE

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

TV/VIDEO

/REW

PLAY

TUNING

DOWN UP

REC

STOP PAUSE

RM-SRXE100R

REMOTE CONTROL

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

AUDIO

VCR

SLEEP TV DIRECT

FM

SUBWOOFER

0

PTY SEARCH

VCR

CONTROL

SURROUND

FF/

RX-E100RSB

Area Suffix

RX-E100RSL

B
E
EN

TVSTB

Continental Europe

Northern Europe

RX-E100RSB

AM

E
EN

+10

100+

RDS

DVD

MENU

PTY

9

ON/OFF

MUTING

STANDBY

TV DILECT

CONTROL

ADJUST

SETTING

DIGITAL

DIGITAL

SURROUND

MEMORY

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

SLEEP STTUNED MUTING

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFRLFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

INPUT ATT

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

AUTO

MH

Z

KH

Z

VOL

SURROUND

DSP

INPUT

ON/OFF

MODE

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

FM/AM

MASTER VOLUME

Continental Europe

Northern Europe

Each difference points

MODEL

RX-E100RSL

Source indication lens colour

SILVER

U.K.

RX-E100RSB

SILVER BLACK

Contents

Safety precautions --------------------------------------------------------1- 2
Disassembly method -----------------------------------------------------1- 3
Adjustment method -------------------------------------------------------1- 8
Description of major ICs -------------------------------------------------1- 9 15

COPYRIGHT 2001 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LTD.

No.20951

May 2001

http://getMANUAL.com

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

1. This design of this product contains special hardware and many circuits and components specially for safety
purposes. For continued protection, no changes should be made to the original design unless authorized in
writing by the manufacturer. Replacement parts must be identical to those used in the original circuits. Services
should be performed by qualified personnel only.

2. Alterations of the design or circuitry of the product should not be made. Any design alterations of the product
should not be made. Any design alterations or additions will void the manufacturer`s warranty and will further
relieve the manufacture of responsibility for personal injury or property damage resulting therefrom.

3. Many electrical and mechanical parts in the products have special safety-related characteristics. These

characteristics are often not evident from visual inspection nor can the protection afforded by them necessarily
be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which
have these special safety characteristics are identified in the Parts List of Service Manual. Electrical
components having such features are identified by shading on the schematics and by ( ) on the Parts List in
the Service Manual. The use of a substitute replacement which does not have the same safety characteristics
as the recommended replacement parts shown in the Parts List of Service Manual may create shock, fire, or
other hazards.

4. The leads in the products are routed and dressed with ties, clamps, tubings, barriers and the like to be
separated from live parts, high temperature parts, moving parts and/or sharp edges for the prevention of
electric shock and fire hazard. When service is required, the original lead routing and dress should be
observed, and it should be confirmed that they have been returned to normal, after re-assembling.

5. Leakage currnet check (Electrical shock hazard testing)
After re-assembling the product, always perform an isolation check on the exposed metal parts of the product
(antenna terminals, knobs, metal cabinet, screw heads, headphone jack, control shafts, etc.) to be sure the
product is safe to operate without danger of electrical shock.
Do not use a line isolation transformer during this check.

Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet. Using a "Leakage Current Tester", measure the leakage
current from each exposed metal parts of the cabinet, particularly any exposed metal part having a return
path to the chassis, to a known good earth ground. Any leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.).

Alternate check method
Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet. Use an AC voltmeter having, 1,000 ohms per volt or more
sensitivity in the following manner. Connect a 1,500 10W resistor paralleled by a 0.15 F AC-type capacitor
between an exposed metal part and a known good earth ground.
Measure the AC voltage across the resistor with the AC
voltmeter.
Move the resistor connection to eachexposed metal part,
particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to
the chassis, and meausre the AC voltage across the resistor.
Now, reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each
measurement. voltage measured Any must not exceed 0.75 V
AC (r.m.s.). This corresponds to 0.5 mA AC (r.m.s.).

0.15 F AC TYPE

1500 10W

Good earth ground

AC VOLTMETER
(Having 1000
ohms/volts,
or more sensitivity)

Place this
probe on
each exposed
metal part.

!

1. This equipment has been designed and manufactured to meet international safety standards.

2. It is the legal responsibility of the repairer to ensure that these safety standards are maintained.

3. Repairs must be made in accordance with the relevant safety standards.

4. It is essential that safety critical components are replaced by approved parts.

5. If mains voltage selector is provided, check setting for local voltage.

Burrs formed during molding may
be left over on some parts of the
chassis. Therefore, pay attention to
such burrs in the case of
preforming repair of this system.

In regard with component parts appearing on the silk-screen printed side (parts side) of the PWB diagrams, the
parts that are printed over with black such as the resistor ( ), diode ( ) and ICP ( ) or identified by the " "
mark nearby are critical for safety.
When replacing them, be sure to use the parts of the same type and rating as specified by the manufacturer.
(Except the JC version)

1-2

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Disassembly method

Removing the top cover (See Fig.1)

1.

Remove the four screws A attaching the top cover
on both sides of the body.

2.

Remove the three screws B on the back of the body.

3.

Remove the top cover from behind in the direction of
the arrow while pulling both sides outward.

Removing the front panel assembly

(See Fig.2 and 3)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover.

1.

Disconnect the card wire from connector CN411 on
the audio board, CN412 on the input board and
CN204 on the power supply board in the front panel
assembly.

2.

Cut off the tie band fixing the harness.

3.

Remove the three screws C attaching the front
panel assembly.

4.

Remove the four screws D attaching the front panel
assembly on the bottom of the body. Detach the front
panel assembly toward the front.

A

Tie band

Main

board

CN411

Audio

board

Top cover

2

CN412

A

Input
board

2

D

B

Fig.1

Front panel assembly

C

C

CN204

Power supply

board

Fig.2

Front panel assembly

D

Removing the rear panel (See Fig.4)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover.

1.

Remove the power cord stopper from the rear panel
by moving it in the direction of the arrow.

2.

Remove the twenty one screws E attaching the
each boards to the rear panel on the back of the
body.

3.
Remove the four screws F attaching the rear panel
on the back of the body.

E

F

Rear panel

E

E

E

Fig.3

E

F

Fig.4

E

E

Cord stopper

F

F

1-3

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Removing each board connected to the
rear side of the audio board

(See Fig.5 to 7)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the rear panel.

1.

Cut off the tie band fixing the harness.

2.

Disconnect the tuner board and DSP board from
connector CN111,CN112 and CN681 on the each
Relay board.

3.

Disconnect the Relay board from connector CN503,
CN504 and CN501 on the audio board.

4.

Disconnect the card wire connected to connector
CN412 and CN512 on the Input board.

CN111
CN112

Tuner

board

Tuner

board

CN412

CN512

CN111
CN112

DSP board

CN681

DSP

board

Input

board

Fig.5

CN681

CN503
CN504

CN412

CN512

Relay

board

Input

board

Fig.6

Relay
board

CN501

Fig.7

1-4

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Removing the audio board (See Fig.8)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover , the rear panel and the each board.

1.

Disconnect the card wire from connector CN411 on
the audio board.

2.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN205 on the
audio board.

3.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN515,
CN516, and CN517on the main board.

4.

Remove the harness band fixing the harness.

5.

Remove the three screws G attaching the audio
board assembly.

Removing the main board (See Fig.9)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover, the rear panel and audio board.

1.

Remove the harness band fixing the harness.

2.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN707 on
the power supply board .

3.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN202 and
CN206 on the main board .

CN515

CN411

G

Audio
board

Main

board

H

I

H

H

Main board

Harness

band

CN517

Fig.8

H

Fig.9

CN516

CN205

power
supply
board

Power
transformer

Power / Fuse

board

I

CN707

CN206
CN202

Harness

band

4.

Remove the five screws H and the two screws I
attaching the main board.

Removing the Heat sink
(See Fig.10 to 11)

1.

Remove the ten screws K and four screws L
attaching the heat sink.

2.

Remove the two screws J attaching the heat sink
from the rear side of main board.

J

Heat sink

L

Main board

rear side

K

Fig.10

K

Fig.11

J

K

L

1-5

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Removing the power supply board

(See Fig.12)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover.

1.

Disconnect the card wire from connector CN204 on
the power supply board.

2.

Disconnect the harness connected to connector
CN201 and CN707 on the power supply board
(If necessary, cut off the band fixing the harness on
the side of the base chassis).

3.

Disconnect the harness connected to connector
CN206 on the main board

CN204

CN707

Hook

CN206

CN201

CN202

N

Power
supply
board

N

PW201
PW203

Solder

PW202

N

M

4.

Remove the three screws N attaching the power
supply board.

5.

Unsolder the three harnesses connected to the
power supply board.

Removing the power transformer

(See Fig.12 and 13)

Prior to performing the following procedures, remove
the top cover.

1.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN217 on
the power / fuse board.

2.

Disconnect the harness from connector CN201 and
CN202 on the power supply board and main board.

3.

Remove the four screws M attaching the power
transformer.

Removing the power / fuse board

(See Fig.13)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the rear panel.

Power
transformer

Power
transformer
board

CN217

Power cord

M

Fig.12

O

Solder

Power / fuse board

Fig.13

1.

Disconnect the harness connected to connector
CN217 on the power / fuse board (If necessary, cut
off the band fixing the harness on the side of the
base chassis).

2.

Unsolder the power cord and other harnesses
connected to the power / fuse board.

3.

Remove the screw O attaching the power / fuse
board.

1-6

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Removing the system control board /
power switch board (See Fig.14)

Prior to performing the following procedure, remove
the top cover and the front panel assembly.

1.

Remove the two screws P attaching the power
switch board.

2.

Remove the eight screws Q attaching the system
control board.

Q

System control board

Q

Fig.14

Power switch

board

Q

P

1-7

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Adjustment method

Power amplifier section

Adjustment of idling current

Measurement terminal B451-B452(Lch) , B453-B454(Rch)
Adjustment volume VR301(Lch) , VR302(Rch)

Attention
This adjustment does not obtain a correct adjustment value immediately after the amplifier is
used (state that an internal temperature has risen).
Please adjust immediately after using the amplifier after turning off the power supply of the
amplifier and falling an internal temperature.

<Adjustment method>

1. Prior to turning the power ON, fully turn the adjusting resistor (VR301(Lch),VR302(Rch)) counterclockwise
direction and connect the DC voltmeter to the measuring terminal(B451-B452(Lch) , B453-B454(Rch)).

2. Set the surround mode OFF.

3. Adjust the resistor so that the measured value becomes 2mV immediately after turning the power ON.

4. When the idling current has been stable (about 30 minutes after the power is turned ON),
confirm that the measured value falls within 1.0mV 10mV(2.3mV).

* It is not abnormal though the idling current might not become 0mA even if it is finished to turn variable
resistance (VR301VR302) in the direction of counterclockwise.

Heat sink

B453-B454 (Rch)

VR302 (Rch)

VR301 (Lch)

1-8

B451-B452 (Lch)

Description of major ICs

AK4527B (IC601) : A/D,D/A Converter

1.Pin layout

LOOP1

LOOP0/SDA/CDTI

DIF1/SCL/CCLK

DIF0/CSN

P/S

MCLK

DZF1

AVSS

AVDD

VREFH

VCOM

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

SDOS
I2C
SMUTE
BICK
LRCK
SDTI1
SDTI2
SDTI3
SDTO
DAUX
DFS

2. Pin function (1/2)
No.

1

2

3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12

13

14
15
16
17

18

Pin name
SDOS

I2C

SMUTE

BICK
LRCK
SDTI1
SDTI2
SDTI3
SDTO
DAUX
DFS

NC

DZEF

TVDD
DVDD
DVSS
PDN

TST

4443424140393837363534

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

I/O

I

SDTO Source Select Pin (Note 1)

AK4527BVQ

Top View

1213141516171819202122

NC

DZFE

TVDD

DVDD

DVSS

PDN

TSTNCADIF

Function

CAD1

33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23

CAD0

DZF2/OVF
RIN+
RIN­LIN+
LIN­ROUT1
LOUT1
ROUT2
LOUT2
ROUT3
LOUT3

"L" : Internal ADC output, "H" : DAUX input

I

Control Mode Select Pin
"L" : 3-wire Serial, "H" : I

I

Soft Mute Pin (Note 1)

2C Bus

When this pin goes to "H", soft mute cycle is initialized.
When returning to "L", the output mute releases.

I

Audio Serial Data Clock Pin

I/O

Input Channel Clock Pin

I

DAC1 Audio Serial Data Input Pin

I

DAC2 Audio Serial Data Input Pin

I

DAC3 Audio Serial Data Input Pin

O

Audio Serial Data Output Pin

I

Sub Audio Serial Data Input Pin

I

Double Speed Sampling Mode Pin (Note 1)
"L" : Normal Speed, "H" : Double Speed

-

No Connect
No internal bonding.

I

Zero Input Detect Enable Pin
"L" : mode 7 (disable) at parallel mode,
zero detect mode is selectable by DZFM2-0 bits at serial mode.
"H" : mode 0 (DZF is AND of all six channels)

-

Output Buffer Power supply Pin, 2.7V~5.5V

-

Digital Power Supply Pin, 4.5V~5.5V

-

De-emphasis Pin, 0V

I

Power-Down & Reset Pin
When "L", the AK4527B is powered-down and the control registers are reset to default
state. If the state of P/S or CAD0-1 changes, then the AK4527B must be reset by PDN.

I

Test Pin
This pin should be connected to DVSS.

AK4527(1/2)

1-9

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Pin function (2/2)

Pin name

No.

NC

19

ADIF

20

CAD1

21

CAD0

22

LOUT3

23

ROUT3

24

LOUT2

25

ROUT2

26

LOUT1

27

ROUT1

28

LIN-

29

LIN+

30

RIN-

31

RIN+

32

DZF2

33

OVF

VCOM

34

VREFH

35

AVDD

36

AVSS

37

DZF1

38

MCLK

39

P/S

40

DIF0

41

CSN

DIF1

42

SCL/CCLK

LOOP0

43

SAD/CDTI

LOOP1

44

No Connect

I/O

No internal bonding.

-

Function

Analog Input Format Select Pin
"H" : Full-differential input, "L" : Single-ended input

I

Chip Address 1 Pin
Chip Address 0 Pin

I

DAC3 Lch Analog Output Pin

I

DAC3 Rch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC2 Lch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC2 Rch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC1 Lch Analog Output Pin

O

DAC1 Rch Analog Output Pin

O

Lch Analog Negative Input Pin

O

Lch Analog Positive Input Pin

I

Rch Analog Negative Input Pin

I

Rch Analog Positive Input Pin

I

Zero Input Detect 2 Pin (Note 2)

I

When the input data of the group 1 follow total 8192LRCK cycles with "0" input data,

O

this pin goes to "H".
Analog Input Overflow Detect Pin (Note 3)
This pin goes to "H" if the analog input of Lch or Rch is overflows.

O

Common Voltage Output Pin,AVDD/2
Large external capacitor around 2.2uF is used to reduce power-supply noise.

O

Positive Voltage Reference Input Pin,AVDD
Analog Power Supply Pin,4.5V~5.5V

I

Analog Ground Pin,0V

­Zero Input Detect 1 Pin (Note 2)

­ When the input data of the group 1 follow total 8192 LRCK cycles with "0" input data,

O

this pin goes to "H".
Master Clock Input Pin
Parallel / Serial Select Pin

I

"L" : Serial control mode, "H" : Parallel control mode

I

Audio Data Interface Format 0 Pin in parallel mode
Chip select pin in 3-wire serial control mode

I

This pin should be connected to DVDD at I2C bus control mode

I

Audio Data Interface Format 1 Pin in parallel mode
Control Data Clock Pin in serial control mode

I

I2C = "L" : CCLK(3-wire Serial), I2C = "H" : SCL(I2CBus)

I

Loopback Mode 0 Pin in parallel control mode
Enables digital loop-back from ADC to 3 DACs.

I

Control Data Input Pin in serial control mode
I2C = "L" : CDTI(3-wire Serial), I2C = "H" : SDA(I2CBus)

I/O

Loopback Mode 1 Pin (Note 1)
Enable all 3 DAC channels to be input from SDTII.

I

AK4527(1/2)

Notes : 1. SDOS, SMUTE, DFS, and LOOP1 pins are ORed with register data if P/S = "L".

2. The group 1 and 2 can be selected by DZFM2-0 bit if P/S = "L" and DZFME = "L".

3. This pin becomes OVF pin if OVFE bit is set to "1" at serial control mode.

4. All input pins should not be left floating.

1-10

UPD784215AGC103 (IC671) : UNIT CPU

1.Pin layout

75 ~ 51

76

~

50

~

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

100

1 ~ 25

26

2.Pin function
Pin No. Symbol I/O Function

1~8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25~32

33

34,35

36

37,38

39
40
41
42
43
44

45,46

47
48
49
50

51,52

53

54~63

64,65

66
67
68

69,70

71
72

73~80

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90~93

94

95~100

VDD

X2
X1

VSS

XT2
XT1

RESET

AUTODATA

LOCK
DIGITAL0
FORMAT

CHANNEL

ERR

RSTDET

AVDD

AVREF0

AVSS

AV REF1

RX,TX

DSPCOM

DSPSTS
DSPCLK
DSPRDY

MIDIO_IN/OUT

MICK
MICS
MILP

MIACK

DSPRST

CDTI/CDTO

CCLK

CS

XTS

PD

GND

VDD
3D-ON
3D-ON

ANA/T-TONE

REF-MIX

D.MUTE
S.MUTE

ASW1~4

TEST

Non connect

­Power supply terminal

­Connecting the crystal oscillator for system main clock

O

Connecting the crystal oscillator for system main clock

I

Connect to GND

­Connecting the crystal oscillator for system sub clock

O

Connecting the crystal oscillator for system sub clock

I

System reset signal input

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Output of DSP to general-purpose port

I

Reset signal input

I

Power supply terminal

­Connect to GND

­Connect to GND

­Connect to GND

­Non connect

­Power supply terminal

­Not use

­Non connect

­Communication port from IC701

I

Status communication port to IC701

O

Clock input from IC701

I

Ready signal input from IC701

I

Non connect

­Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer

I/O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of clock signal

O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of chip select

O

Interface I/O termonal with microcomputer

O

Interface I/O termonal with microcomputer

O

Non connect

­Reset signal output of DSP

O

Non connect

­Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer

I/O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of clock signal

O

Interface I/O terminal with microcomputer of chip select

O

OSC Select

O

Non connect

­Reset signal output

O

Connect to GND

­Non connect

­Power supply

­Non connect

­Switch at output destination of surround channel

O

Test tone control

O

Control at output destination of LFE channel

O

Non connect

­Mute of the digital out terminal is controlled

O

Mute of the audio signal is controlled

O

Non connect

­Selection of digital input selector

O

Test terminal

­Non connect

-

1-11

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

TC9446F-014 (IC631) : Digital signal processor for dolby digital (AC-3)

/ MPEG2 audio decode

Pin No. Symbol I/O Function

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8~11

12
13
14
15

16~18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27,28

29~31

32,33

34
35
36
37

38,39

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54~61

62

63~70

71

72~80

81

82~89

90
91

92,93

94
95
96
97

98,99

100

RST
MIMD
MICS

MILP

MIDIO

MICK

MIACK

FI0~3

IRQ

VSS

LRCKA

BCKA

SDO0~2

SD03

LRCKB

BCKB
SDT0
SDT1

VDD

LRCKOA

BCKOA

TEST0,1

LRCKOB,BCKOB,TXO

TEST2,3

RX

VSS

TSTSUB0

FCONT

TSTSUB1,TSTSUB2

PDO

VDDA

PLON

AMPI

AMPO

CKI

VSSA

CKO

LOCK

VSS

WR

OE
CE

VDD

IO7~0

VSS

AD0~7

VDD

AD8~16

VSS

PO0~7

VDDDL

LPFO

DLON,DLCKS

SCKO

VSSDL

SCKI
VSSX
XO,XI

VDDX

Reset signal input terminal (L:reset H:Operation usually)

I

Microcomputer interface mode selection input terminal (L:serial H:IC bus)

I

Microcomputer interface chip select input terminal

I

Microcomputer interface latch pulse input

I

Microcomputer interface data I/O terminal

I/O

Microcomputer interface clock input terminal

I

Microcomputer interface acknowledge output terminal

O

Flag input terminal 0~3

I

Interrupt input terminal

I

Digital ground terminal

­Audio interface LR clock input terminal A

I

Audio interface bit clock input terminal A

I

Audio interface data output terminal 0

O

Non connect

­Audio interface LR clock input terminal B

I

Audio interface bit clock input terminal B

I

Audio interface data input terminal 0

I

Audio interface data input terminal 1

I

Power supply for digital circuit

­Audio interface LR clock output terminal A

O

Audio interface bit clock output terminal A

O

Test input terminal 0/1 (L:test H:operation usually)

I

Non connect

­Test input terminal (L:test H:operation usually)

I

SPDIF input terminal

I

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­Test sub input terminal 0 (L:test H:operation usually)

I

VCO Frequency control output terminal

O

Test sub input terminal 1,2 (L:test H:operation usually)

I

Phase error signal output terminal

O

Power supply for analog circuit

­Clock selection input terminal (L:external clock H:VCO clock)

I

AMP.input terminal for LPF

I

AMP.output terminal for LPF

O

External clock input terminal

I

Ground terminal for analog circuit

­DIR Clock output terminal

O

VCO Lock detection output terminal

O

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM writing signal output terminal

O

External SRAM output enable signal output terminal

O

External SRAM chip enable signal output terminal

O

Power supply terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM data I/O terminal 7~0

I/O

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM address output terminal 0~7

O

Power supply terminal for digital circuit

­External SRAM address output terminal 8~16

O

Ground terminal for digital circuit

­General purpose output terminal 0~7

O

Power supply terminal for DLL

­LPF output terminal for DLL

O

Refer to the undermentioned table

I

Non connect

­Ground terminal for DLL

­External system clock input terminal

I

Ground termonal for oscillation circuit

­Oscillation I/O terminal

I/O

Power supply terminal for oscillation circuit

-

1-12

DLCKS terminal

L

L
H
H

DLONterminal

L
H
L
H

DLL clock setting
SCKI input (DLL circuit OFF)
Four times XI clock
Three times XI clock
Six times XI clock

W24L010AJ-12 (IC641) : CMOS SRAM

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Block diagram

A16

A14

A12

A4

A3

A2

A7

A6

A5

A9

I/O 1

I/O8

WE

CS1
CS2

R
O

W

D
E
C

O

D
E
R

DATA

CNTRL.

CLK

GEN.

PRECHARGE CKT.CLK GEN.

CORE CELL ARRAY

7024 ROWS

728x8 COLUMN5

I/O CKT

COLUMN DECODER

A15 A13 A8 A1 A0 A11 A10

Pin layout

NC
A16
A14
A12

A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1

A0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3

Vss

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17

VDD
A15
CS2
WE
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE
A10
CS2
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4

OE

PQ3DZ53 (IC681) : Regulator IC

DC INPUT(Vin)

1

CUSTOM IC

5

GND

RN5RZ33BA (IC683) : Voltage regurator

2

VDD

-

+

3

DC OUTPUT(Vo)

ON/OFF CONTROL(Vc)

2

VOUT

3

CE

Vref

GND

Current Limit

5

1

1-13

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

MN101C35DHR (IC401) : System controller

100 76

1

75

Pin function (1/2)

Pin No.

1
2

TXD/SB00/P00

RXD/SBI0/P01
3
4
5
6
7

BUZZER/P06

8

9,10

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

SENS/IRQ1/P21
35
36
37
38
39
40

25

Symbol

SBT0/P02
SB01/P03

SBI1/P04

SBT1/P05

VDD

OSC1,2

VSS

XI

X0

MMOD

VREF­AN0/PA0
AN1/PA1
AN2/PA2
AN3/PA3
AN4/PA4
AN5/PA5
AN6/PA6
AN7/PA7

VREF+

P07

RST /P27
TM0IO/P10
TM1IO/P11
TM2IO/P12
TM3IO/P13
TM4IO/P14

P15

IRQ0/P20

IRQ2/P22

IRQ3/P23

IRQ4/P24

P25

SB02/P30

SBI2/P31

26 50

51

I/O

-

­I

-

­I
I

-

I/O

-

-

O

-

­I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

-

O

I

O

I

O

I

O

I/O

­I
I
I
I
I

O

I

Function

GND
GND
PROTECTOR INPUT
GND
GND
GND (TV LINK INPUT)
SLOW SW L INPUT
POWER SUPPLY +5V
OSC (8MHz)
GND
GND
OPEN
GND
GND
KEY INPUT 1 (7KEY)
KEY INPUT 2 (7KEY)
KEY INPUT 3 (7KEY)
CHIP SELECT 1
CHIP SELECT 2
SCART DVD INPUT
SCART STB INPUT
SCART VCR INPUT
POWER SUPPLY +5V
SLOW SW M OUTPUT
RESET INPUT
RDS SDA IN/OUT
RDS SCL IN/OUT
TUNER CE
TUNER MUTE
TUNER CLK
TUNER DATA IN/OUT
GND
REMOCON INPUT
INH INPUT
RDS DAVN INPUT
TUNED INPUT
STEREO INPUT
DSP MICON COMMAND
DSP MICON STATUS

1-14

Pin function (2/2)

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Pin No.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47

50
51

54
55
56
57

63
64
65

72
73

88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100

Symbol

SBT2/P32

P50
P51
P52
P53
P54

DGT17/P67
DGT14/P64

DGT13/P63
DGT10/P60

DGT9/P41
DGT8/P40

SEG0/DGT7/P77
SEG6/DGT1/P71

SEG7/DGY0/P7

SEG8/P87

SEG15/P80
SEG16/P97

SEG31/PB3
SEG32/PB2
SEG33/PB1
SEG34/PB0
SEG35/PD7
SEG36/PD6
SEG37/PD5
SEG38/PD4
SEG39/PD3
SEG40/PD2
SEG41/PD1
SEG42/PD0

VPP

I/O

O
O
O
O
O
O

O

O

O
O

O

O

O

O

O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O

Function

DSP MICON CLK
DSP MICON READY
DSP MICON RESET
M61501 CLK
M61501 DATA
M61501 LATCH
VIDEO SELECT 1

VIDEO SELECT 4
GRID 1

GRID 4
GRID 5
GRID 6
GRID 7

GRID 13
SEGMENT 17
SEGMENT 18

SEGMENT 25
SEGMENT 1

SEGMENT 16
STANDBY LED
EXPANSION BU2092 LCK
EXPANSION BU2092 DATA
EXPANSION BU2092 CLK
FRONT SPK RELAY
CENTER SPK RELAY
REAR SPK RELAY
POWER ON
SWITCH MODE ON
SUBWFR MUTE
SOURCE MUTE
VPP

1-15

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

BU2092 (IC642) : Port expander

1.Terminal Layout

Vss

DATA

CLOCK

LCK

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

12BIT SHIFT RESISTER

12BIT STRAGE RESISTER

OUTPUT BUFFER(OPEN DRAIN)

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

18

Vdd

OE

Q11

Q10

Q9

Q8

Q7

Q6

Q5

2.Pin Function

Pin No.

1

2

3

4

5~16

17

18

Symbol

Vss

DATA

CLOCK

LCK

Q0~Q11

OE

Vdd

I/O

-

I

I

I

O

I

-

Function

Connect to GND

Serial Data input

Shift Clock of Data

Latch Clock of Data

Parallel Data Output

Latch Data L H
OUTPUT ON OFF

Output Enable

Power Supply

1-16

NJM2246M (IC511,IC512,IC513) : Video switch

Block diaglam

GND Vout V+ Vin3

8 7 6 5

6dB
AMP.

BIAS

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

INPUT CONTROL SIGNAL- OUTPUT SIGNAL

CTL1

L

H

L/ H

CTL2

L
L
H

OUTPUT SIGNAL

Vin1
Vin2
Vin3

1 2 3 4

Vin1 CTL1 Vin2 CTL2

NJM2267M (IC516) : Video switch

1. Pin layout

Vin 1

GND

SAG

V

OUT

V

1

1

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

Vin2

V+

SAG

V

OUT

V

2. Block diaglam

V+

7

8

Vin 2

6.2dB
Amp

75
Driver

2

2

Vin 1

CLAMP

2.0k

1

CLAMP

6.2dB
Amp

2.0k

2.2k

2.2k

SAG correction

75
Driver

SAG correction

V

SAG 2

V

SAG 1

Vout 2

5

750

6

Vout 1

4

750

3

GND

2

1-17

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

NJM2279M (IC515) : Video switch

1. Pin layout

Vin3

SW1

Vin2

MUTE2

V

OUT

2

GND2

GND1

2. Block diaglam

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

V-

14

SW2

13

Vin1

12

MUTE1

11

V

OUT

10

9

8

1

N.C.

V+

Vin1

20k

Vin2

20k

Vin3

20k

SW2 MUTE1 V+

20k

41.4k

20k

41.4k

AMP.
6dB

AMP.
6dB

4.45k

4.45k

Driver
75

Driver
75

OUT

1

V

V

OUT

2

SW1 MUTE2 GND1 GND2 V-

NJM2293 (IC514) : Video switch

Block diaglam

In4 GND3 In3 NC CTL2 NC GND2 In2

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

BIAS

BIAS

H

L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OUT NC CTL3 NC GND1 V+ In1 CTL1

BIAS

H

L

H

L

BIAS

1-18

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Block diagram

5

4

TV

VCR

DVD

STB

TV AUDIO IN
AUDIO OUT
TV R/C,G,B,Y/V,YS OUT

T- V
LINK

VCR AUDIO IN
AUDIO OUT
Y/V OUT

J1501 J1502

VCR R/C,G,B,Y/V,YS IN

TV SLOW OUT
VCR SLOW IN

LVA10231-1

DVD R/C,G,B,Y/V,YS IN
DVD AUDIO IN

J501

DVD SLOW IN

STB R/C,G,B,Y/V,YS IN
STB AUDIO IN

STB SLOW IN

J502

CN512

CN502

SUBWOOFER OUT

LVA10231-2

IC511

(B)

IC512

(G)

IC513

(R/C)

IC514

(Y/V)

IC515

(YS)

S/W

AUDIO OUT

CN412

CN504

IC501

AUDIO SW

&

VOLUME

TUNER L/R

CN503

PLL CLK,
PLL DATA, PLLCE

REAR

CENTER

CN111 CN112

CN506CN505 CN507

IC191

AM/FM DET

IC102

PLL

IC121

LVA10009-1

TUNER

RF101

MW RF&OSC

T111

CN517

CN516CN515CN711

FM

AM

LVA10229-2

3

2

1

COAXIAL

IN

OPTICAL

IN

SW

IC611

LVA10212-1

TAPE PLAY

TAPE REC

SUBWOOFER

OUT

DSP

IC631

SDRAM

IC641

LVA10229-1

TAPE PLAY

TAPE REC

SUBWOOFER OUT

DSP

CONTROLLER

IC671

KEY

IC402

CN501

CN681

AD/DA CONVERTER

IC601

DSP COMMAND,DSP CLK, DSP STATUS, DSP READY, DSP RESET

VOLCLK, VOLDATA, VOL LATCH

CN401

SYSTEM CONTROLLER

IC401

RY HP, RY LR1
RY LR2, RY C

FL DISPLAY

DI401

CN411

PLL CLK, PLL DATA, PLLCE,

CN402

CN214

FRONT

AUDIO

AMP.

Lch

LVA10230-4

Rch

LVA10230-5

Cch

LVA10230-8

RLch

LVA10230-6

RRch

LVA10230-7

Q315
Q317

Q316
Q318

Q915
Q917

Q815
Q817

Q816
Q818

CN701CN702CN705CN703CN704

CN712

CN715

CN713

CN714

CN204

FW701

FW702

Q207~Q209

FW701

FW702

LVA10229-3

RY741

RY743

RY742

FW707

CN707

LVA10230-1

Lch
Rch

SPEAKER

TERMINAL

Cch

RLch
RRch

ABCD E F G

2-1

Standard schematic diagrams

Power supply section

5

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

FW202

F202

T2AL

CN207

CN217

4

F203

T2AL

EP202

R201

5.6

6 / 8

POWER
RELAY_LR
RELAY_C
RELAY_S
PROTECTOR

CN204

3

D219

D220

1SR35

1SR35

R209
100k

C206

0.047

C207

0.047

2

C218
1/50

D217

MTZJ6.2C

FW205

R208

10

22k

R207

C217

FW201

CN201

C202

0.1

D203

10E2-FD

Q204Q205

KTA1046/YKTC3200/GL

22/50

D216

MTZJ33C

D201

10E2-FD

C204 C205

2200/35 1000/35

D215

1SR35-400A

R206

3.3k
C215

100/63

C216

22/50

D202

1SR35-400A

C201

0.1

C214

220/50

D213

1SR35-400A

D214

1SR35-400A

C203

0.1

D204

1SR35-400A

TH201

QAD0095-4R7

C208

0.0047/100

1SR35-400A

D206

1SR35-400A

D208

1SR35-400A

D207

C209

470/25

F204

T100MAL

T202

QQT0281-002

R202

10

R203

10

D209

1SR35-400A

R204

470/16

820

C212

D210

1SS133

PW201

PW203

PW202

C210

0.0047

RY201

QSK0055-001

Q203

KTC3203/OY

D211

MTZJ6.2C

Q202

KRC105M

POWER

PW101

PW103

PW102

1SR35

D212

F201

T1.6AL

R213

330

C213

2200/6.3

TA201

TA202

EP201

SHEET
NUMBER

1 / 8 POWER SUPPLY
2 / 8 SPEAKER TERMINAL
3 / 8 AUDIO AMP
4 / 8 AUDIO SIGNAL INPUT TERMINAL
5 / 8 VIDEO&AUDIO SIGNAL INPUT TERMINAL
6 / 8 SYSTEM CONTROL & FL DISPLAY
7 / 8 DSP
8 / 8 TUNER

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

R211

FW206

S1RELAY
PROTECTOR

1

R214

12

Q212

KRC105M

100/25 MTZJ6.2C

Q211

2SD2395/EF

C221 D221

12

R212

6.8k

RELAY_C

Q209

KRC105M

RELAY_S

Q208

KRC105M

RELAY_LR

CN707

Q207

KRC105M

SHEET 1/8

2-2

HABC DE FG

Speaker terminal section

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

D716

1SS133

CN202

B643

EP701

5

B643

CN715

47/25

C706

D702

R701

5.6k

D705

MTZJ18C

C701
C702

D701

D704

C703

C704 C705

4700/63 4700/63

D703

RY701

QSK0082-001

4

CN711

CN712

R704

3

CN713

CN714

R720

3.9k

D710

MTZ5.1JC

R705
R706
R707
R708

100k
100k

82k
100k
82k

C709 R709
10/50 10k

R711
100k 10k

Q703

KTA1268/GL

R712

Q702

KTC3200/GL/

R710

KTC3199/GL/

C710

47/16

Q704

D707

1SS133

2

R721

4.7k

D711

1SS133

Q708

KRC109M

CN517

CN516

CN515

1

R724

4.7k

D712

1SS133

D713
1SS133

Q710 Q712

KRC109M KRC109M

Q709

KRC109M

Q714

D714 D715

KRC109M

1SS133 1SS133

R729

C714

4.7/50

R730

R722

C713

R723

4.7/50

R725 R726

4.7k 4.7k

Q711 Q713

KRC109M KRC109M

R728R727

4.7k4.7k

Q715

KRC109M

C715

4.7/50

R732

C712

4.7/50

R731

R718
22k

R715

10

R716

R713

10

Q705Q706

D708

2SD2395/EFKTA1023/OY/

1SS133

1k

R717

22k

Q707

KTC3200/GL

R719
47k

R714

10k

D709

C717
100p

22/50

C711

CN206

FW701

FW702

FW707

FW701

FW702

R741

12

R742 R743

12 12

D742

1SS133

D743

1SS133

D741

1SS133

RY741

QSK0109-001

RY742

QSK0109-001

RY743

QSK0109-001

L741

C741

0.45

0.022

R745

3.9

R746

3.9

L742

0.45

C742

0.022

C749

L743

0.45

0.022

R747

3.9

R748

3.9

L744

0.45

C750

0.022

R749

3.9

L745

0.45

C757

0.047

C745 C747
220p 0.022

C743
220p

C744
220p

C746 C748
220p 0.022

C753 C755
220p 220p

C751
220p

C752
220p

C754
220p

C760
220p

C758
220p

C756
220p

C759
220p

ST741

ST742

FRONT signal
CENTER signal
SURROUND signal

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

ABCD E F G

SHEET 2/8

2-3

Audio amp section

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

R915

220

C907

0.0015

R907

3k

1002SC2240/BL

5

C901

R901

2.2/50

2.2k

R903

C903

R909Q901

R905

C917

2.2/50

Q903

2SC2240/BL

18k

D901

1SS133

C905

56k

4

R315

C307

R305

12K

Q303

2SC22440/BL

C309

100/16

R309

100

C315

0.0015

22p

R311

R313

C311

56k

390

R319

R307

D301

1SS133

C305

C301

R301

2.2/50

3

2.2k

C303 R303

Q301

2SC22440/BL

Q905

KTA1268/GL

R913

56k

C911

R911
390

C909

47/16

C317

Q305

KTA1268/GL

C313

0.01MY

Q307

KTC3200/GL

D303

SLR-342MC

C915

33p

47/50

C319

100/63

R317
47k

R955

3.3k

R957

3.3k

C929

C919

10/100

R959

R961

R923

R921

10

C913

0.01

3.3k

3.3k

10

VR301

R927

750

R925

360

R321

10

R329

1K

470

R327

TH301

470

R325
360

R323

10

R929

470

TH901

QAD0012-202

QAD0012-202

Q309

D905

1SS133

Q909

2SD637( Q,R)

D907

1SS133

D305

1SS133

2SD637( Q,R)

Q911

KTC3200/GL

Q913

KTA1268/GL

R331

10

Q311

KTC3200/GL

Q313

KTA1268/GL

D307

1SS133

R333

10

R933

R931

10

10

C321

47p

C921

47p

R935

R937

C923
47p

Q315

2SD2389LD/OPY

R339
180

R335

R337

R341
180

Q317

2SB1559LD/OPY

C323

47p

R939

R941

R343

0.22

180

180

R943

0.22

B452 B451

Q915

2SD2389LD/OPY

R945

Q917

2SB1559LD/OPY

KTA1268/GL

R345

1k

D309

1SS133

1k

R347
15k

Q319

D909

1SS133

R947
18k

Q919

KTA1268/GL

R951
33

L901

0.45

R349
47k

R351

33

L301

0.45
R353

10

R949

47k

R953

10

C925

0.047MY

C927

0.047MY

C325

0.047MY

C327

0.047MY

CN705

CN701

R801

2.2k

C803

C801

2.2/50

R803
56k

D801

1SS133

C805

Q801

2SC2240/BL

2.2/50

C807

0.0015

R815
220

C817

R805
18k

R807

3k

Q805

KTA1268/GL

R809

100

Q803

2SC2240/BL

R811
390

C809
47/16

C819

10/100

C815
33p

0.01MY

R813

56k

C811

C813

R855

3.3k

R857

3.3k

R859

3.3k

R861

3.3k

47/50

C829

R821

10

R829

R831

C821

10

47p

D805

TH801

QAD0012-202

R827
750

360

R825

R823

10

1SS133

2SD637( Q,R)

KTA1268/GL

Q809

D807

1SS133

470

Q811

KTC3200/GL

Q813

R833

10

Q815

2SD2389LD/OPY

R839

180

R843

0.22

R835

R837

R841
180

Q817

2SB1559LD/OPY

C823
47p

R845

1k

D809

1SS133

R847
18k

R849

12k

Q819

KTA1268/GL

R851

33

L801

0.45
R853

10

C825

0.047MY

C827

0.047MY

CN703

3

R860

3.3k

R862

3.3k

C830
47/50

R830
470

R822

10

TH802

QAD0012-202

R828
750

R826
360

2SD637( Q,R)

Q810

R824

10

R832

C822

10

D806

1SS133

Q812

KTC3200/GL

Q814

KTA1268/GL

D808

1SS133

R834

10

47p

Q816

2SD2389LD/OPY

R840

180

R844

R836

0.22

R838

R842

180

Q818

2SB1559LD/OPY

C824

47p

R846

1k

D810

1SS133

R848
18k

R850
12k

Q820

KTA1268/GL

R852

33

L802

0.45
R854

10

C826

0.047MY

C828

0.047MY

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

CN704

4

R816

D802

1SS133

C806

Q802

2SC2240/BL

R804

56k

C818

2.2/50

C808

0.0015

220

Q806

KTA1268/GL

C816

33p

C814

0.01MY

R810
100

R856

3.3k

R858

R808

3.3k

3k

R814

56k

C812

R812

390

Q804

R806

2SC2240/BL

18k

C810

47/16

C820

10/100

D304

C316

22p

C308

0.0015

R314

C312C306

SLR-342MC

R320

R318

47k

Q308

56k

KTC3200/GL

C314

0.01MY

Q306

KTA1268/GL

R316

C318

C320

100/63

R326

R328

R324

10

360

TH302

QAD0012-202

4701K

R322

Q310

10

470

R330VR302

2SD637( Q,R)

D306

1SS133

R334

10

D308

1SS133

Q314

KTA1268/GL

Q312

KTC3200/GL

R332

10

C324
47P

2SB1559LD/OPY

R338

R336

Q316

2SD2389LD/OPY

C322

47P

Q318

R342
180

R340

D310

1SS133

R348

R346

15k

1k

R344

0.22

180

Q320

KTA1268/GL

B454 B453

R352

C328

0.047MY

C326

0.047MY

R354

L302

0.45

33

R350
47k

10

CN702

R802

2.2k

C804

C802

2.2/50

FRONT signal

2

C310

R306

R304

12K

Q302

2SC2240/BL

D302

1SS133

R308

100/16

R312
390

Q304

2SC2240/BL

R310
100

R302

2.2k

C304

C302

2.2/50

1

CENTER signal
SURROUND signal

SHEET 3/8

2-4

HABC DE FG

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Audio signal input terminal section

6

C606

C604

C602

C605

C603

C601

CN601

CN511

DSP signal

TUNER signal

SUB WOOFER signal

TV Audio signal
VCR Audio signal
DVD Audio signal

FRONT signal
CENTER signal
SURROUND signal

5

Q515

R576R502

4.7k470

2SD2395/EF

RDS_DAVN

RDS_SDA

RDS_SCL

R575

4.7k

R573

10k

R574

10k

R561

10k

R549

10k

R550

10k

1SS355

Q520

D508

MTZJ5.6C

CN502

D509

DTA114EKA

DTC114EKA

Q524

Q517

R591

R592

4.7

4.7

C552

0.0056MY

C551

0.0056MY

QQR0590-001

QQR0590-001

R593

2.7k

FL501

FL502

R595

10

R596

1k

Q519

DTC114EKA

C553

470/6.3

Q509

DTA114YKA

Q525

DTA114EKA

R577

22

C554

2.2/50

Q518

KTC3203/OY

D519

MTZJ10C

C564

0.022

D.GND
RDS_DAVN
RDS_SDA
RDS_SCL

PLL_DATA
PLL_CE
PLL_CLK
TU_MUTE
TUNED
STEREO

+5.6V
TUNER_L

TUNER_R

R578

1k

TUNED
STEREO
PLL_CE
TU_MUTE
PLL_CLK
PLL_DATA
DSP_COMMAND
DSP_STATUS
DSP_CLK
DSP_READY
DSP_RESET
VOL_CLK
VOL_DATA

C565

100/25

CN504

CN503

CN411

CN514

CN122

CN513

( SHEET 8 / 8 )

( SHEET 8 / 8 )

CN121

S_MUTE

6

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

CN507

CN506

CN505

R599

4.7

Q526

2SD2395/EF

Q521

C566

100/25

R1626

2.2

R1625

2.2

R603

R597

4.7
2SD2395/EF

R598

1.8k

D520

3.9

MTZJ13C

DSP_RESET

DSP_READY

DSP_COMMAND

R1619

100k

R537

10k

C532

4.7/50 4.7/50

R1620

R583

10

R584

2.2k

CN501

DSP_STATUS

DSP_CLK

0.1MY

C531

L_OUT

R_OUT

0.1MY

10k

R538

100k

0.1MY

C533

DSP_SL

C534

0.1MY

DSP_SR

SL_OUT

SR_OUT

SW_OUT

VCR_L

VCR_R

TV_ROUT

TV_LOUT

TV_L

TV_R

DVD_SLOW

DVD-B

R556

1k

IC503

Q514

2SD2395/EF

D507

MTZJ5.6C

DVD_G

R554
27k

Q523

DTC114EKA

-7V

+7V

C578

47/16

R1623

82

DSP_C

VOL_LATCH VOL_LATCH
VOL_DATA
VOL_CLK

C537

0.022

0.022

DSP_LFE

R579

C555

68

0.022

R585

10

R586

1.8K

C536

R1624

82

C556

0.022

R580

68

Q513

2SD2395/EF

47/16

MTZJ15CMTZJ15CMTZJ7.5C

C577

AVDD

R552
100k

C544

BA15218F( 1/2)

4.7/50

R594

5.6

R588

1.8k

D506D505D504

R602

12

DVD_R/C

DVD_Ys

R589

12

R590

6.8k

Q522

DTA114EKA

DVD_V/Y

C549

4.7/50

R569
100k

R570
100k

C550

4.7/50

C545

4.7/50

R557
100k

R558
100k

C546

4.7/50

C541

4.7/50

R545
100k

R546
100k

C542

4.7/50

STB_G

STB_V/Y

STB_Ys

STB_R/C

R571
1k

Q505

2SC3576

Q506

2SC3576

R572
1k

R559
1k

Q503

2SC3576

R547
1k

Q501

2SC3576

Q502

2SC3576

R548

1k

R541

2.2

R542

2.2

100/25100/25100/2547/2547/2547/25

STB_SLOW

STB_B

2SD2395/EF

C562C561C560C559C558C557

C535

0.022

R535

R536

10k

10k

DSP_LFE

DSP_C

DSP_SR

DSP_SL

R1617
100k

TUNER_L
TV_L
STB_L
DVD_L
TAPE_L
VCR_L

VCR_R
TAPE_R
DVD_R
STB_R
TV_R

R1618

100k

DSP_R

DSP_L

4.7k

R534

DSP_ROUT

DSP_LOUT

C519

DSP_LOUTDSP_ROUT

TAPE_LOUT

TAPE_ROUT

C522

10/50

TV_ROUT TV_LOUT

4.7/50

C520

4.7k

R533

DSP_L

10/50

C521

4.7/50

DSP_R

-12V

C523

0.068MY

0.0068MY

C525

0.0068MY

C526

C524

0.068MY

0.0068MY

C527

IC501

M61501FP

0.0068MY

C528

C530 C529

5

J501

R501
470

R514
470

R513
470

R503
R506

R505
R507

R508

R515
R518

R517
R519

R520

R504
330

R509

R511

R516

R521

330

R523

DVD_R

R1612
100k

R1611
100k

DVD_L
DVD-B
DVD_SLOW

C503

4.7/50

C504

75

4.7/50

330

DVD_G

75

C505

75

4.7/50
DVD_R/C
DVD_Ys

330

75

C506

4.7/50
DVD_V/Y

330

C592

STB_R

22p

R1614

100k

R1613

100k

22p

STB_L

C591

STB_B
STB_SLOW

C509

4.7/50

330

C510

75

4.7/50

330

STB_G

75

C511

75

4.7/50
STB_R/C
STB_Ys

330

75

C512

4.7/50
STB_V/Y

C502
330p

C501
330p

D511

EP501

J502

MTZJ13C

D512

MTZJ13C

D513

MTZJ13C

D514

MTZJ13C

R510

75

C508
330p

C507
330p

D515

MTZJ13C

D516

MTZJ13C

D517

MTZJ13C

D518

MTZJ13C

R522

75

4

3

2

C513

C514

R525

330p

470

C515
220p

C517

J503

R527

330p

470

TAPE_L TAPE_R

J504

1

C563

1.5ML

330p

C518
330p

Q507

2SC3576

R526

470

C516
220p

R1615R1615

R528

100k100k

470

R529 R530

1k 1k

2SC3576

Q508

R581

10

Q510 Q512

KTA1271/OY KTA1046/Y

R582

2.2k

Q516

R532R531

10k10k

DTA114YKA

2.2/50

C581

R1621

1k

SW_MUTE

D503

MTZJ7.5C

Q511

KTC3203/OY

GND

-B2

+5.6V

+B2

EP502

CN205

ABCD E F G

SHEET 4/8

2-5

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Video & Audio input terminal section

5

R1632

R1502

NQR0269-004X

J1501

D1503

4

3

J1502

D1504

D1505

47p

R1509

75

NQR0269-004X

C1515

330p

C1519

47p

C1521

47p

R1631

NQR0269-004X

C1506

330p

C1505

330p

MTZJ13C

MTZJ13C

MTZJ13C

R1507C1508

47k

R1508

75

R1534

R1533

NQR0269-004X

C1516

330p

R1517

75

R1518

47k

R1519

75

R1520

47k

R1522

75

100

R1501

100

R1504

470

R1503

470

330

R1569

75

R1570

330

R1571

75

R1572

75

R1505

R1506

330

C1509

470/6.3

R1510

330

R1512

100

R1511

100

R1604 R1603

R1514

470

C1517

47p

R1513

470

C1518

470/6.3

C1520

470/6.3

C1540

47p

R1523

330

R1602
100k

R1601
100k

C1538

4.7/50

C1539

4.7/50

C1507

4.7/50

C1510

4.7/50

D1501

MTZJ13C

100k 100k

R1515

75

R1516

47k

R1521

75

C1522

4.7/50

R1564 R1563

10k 10k

Q1524 Q1523

C1536

470/6.3

C1524

470/6.3

2SC3576 2SC3576

Q1526 Q1525

2SC3576 2SC3576

R1588 R1567

10k 10k

VCR_R

VCR_L
VCR_B VIDEO4
VCR_SLOW

VCR_G

VCR_R/C
VCR_Ys

VCR_V/Y

75

R1560

TV_R

TV_L

TV_SLOW_OUT

Ys_OUT

R1524

75

R1525C1523

47k47p

2

EP511

R1562

750

R1561

750

R1566

750

R1565

750

Q1501

DTC114TKA

Q1502

DTC114TKA

Q1503

DTC114TKA

Q1521

DTC114TKA

Q1522

DTC114TKA

Q1531

DTA114YKA

VCR_REC_R

VCR_REC_L

DTA114YKA

R1573

510

Q1527

KTA1267/YG

510

R1574

Q1532

Q1528

KTA1267/YG

VIDEO3

R1605

300

IC516

NJM2267M

R1606

300

VIDEO4

KTA1267/YG

KTA1267/YG

KTA1267/YG

Q1504

Q1505

Q1506

R1558

Ys_OUT

VCR_B

IC511IC512IC513

IC514

NJM2293M

TV_V/Y

NJM2246MNJM2246MNJM2246M

VCR_V/Y

R1576

VIDEO3

VIDEO2

220

220

R1578

STB_V/Y

220

DVD_V/Y

R1577

VIDEO1

VIDEO2
STB_B
VIDEO1
DVD_B

VCR_G

VIDEO2
STB_G
VIDEO1
DVD_G

VCR_R/C

VIDEO2
STB_R/C
VIDEO1
DVD_R/C

C1529C1528

1.5ML47/16

R1529

390

R1530

390

R1531

390

R1575

D1506

MTZJ8.2C

150

C1542

4.7/50

C1541
47/16

1M

TV_SLOW_OUT

R1549

Q1520

DTC114EKA

Q1515

DTC114EKA

C1544

0.022

IC515

NJM2279M

100k

R1547

1k

R1548

1k

Q1514

DTC114EKA

R1579

10k

R1556

2.2

C1543

0.022

D1507
1SS133

D1508
1SS133

VCR_Ys

VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3

DVD_SLOW
STB_SLOW
VCR_SLOW
TV_SLOW
SLOW_L

RDS_DAVN
RDS_SDA
RDS_SCL

VCR_L

VCR_R
VCR_REC_R

VCR_REC_L
TV_L

TV_R
DVD_SLOW
DVD_B
DVD_G
DVD_R/C

DVD_V/Y

STB_G
STB_V/Y

STB_R/C
STB_SLOW
STB_B
V+9V

RDS_DAVN
RDS_SDA
RDS_SCL

CN412

6

CN512

1

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make
sure to use the specified.

TV Audio signal
VCR Audio signal

SHEET 5/8

2-6

HABC DE FG

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

System control & FL displaying section

C407C408

SEG24

SEG25

4.7/504.7/50

VIDEO4
VIDEO3
VIDEO2
VIDEO1
VOL_LATCH
VOL_DATA
VOL_CLK
DSP_RESET
DSP_READY
DSP_CLK
DSP_STATUS
DSP_COMMAND
STEREO
TUNED
RDS_DAVN

PLL_DATA
PLL_CLK
TU_MUTE
PLL_CE
RDS_SCL
RDS_SDA

C417
560p

R1426

C402

0.022

GP1U281X

R425

10k

Q407

DTC114EKA

IC403

D408
1SS355

C401

100/6.3

DVD_IN

Q402

KTC3199/GL

STB_IN

Q404

KTC3199/GL

VCR_IN

Q406

KTC3199/GL

R408

R416

R424

R407

10k

Q401

KTC3199/GL

10k

R406

27k

R415

10k

Q403

KTC3199/GL

10k

R414

27k

R423

10k

Q405

KTC3199/GL

10k

R405

R413

R421R422

R402R403

47k68k

R404

47k

15k

R412

47k

15k

R420
47k

15k27k

C409
1000p

C410
1000p

C411
1000p

R401
22k

R464
R465
R466

R467
R468
R469
R470
R471
R472
R473
R474
R475
R476
R477
R478
R479
R480

220
220
220

220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220

R1427

CN402

5

R1428

CN401

VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
VIDEO4

R410R411

47k68k

R409
22k

R418R419

47k68k

R417
22k

DVD_SLOW
STB_SLOW
VCR_SLOW
TV_OUT
SLOW_L

RDS_DAVN
RDS_SDA
RDS_SCL

SW_MUTE
S_MUTE
TUNED
STEREO
PLL_CE
TU_MUTE
PLL_CLK
PLL_DATA
DSP_COMMAND
DSP_STATUS
DSP_CLK
DSP_READY
DSP_RESET
VOL_CLK
VOL_DATA
VOL_LATCH
SWITCH

5

100k

R1422

SEG16

SEG15

SEG14

SEG13

SEG12

SEG11

SEG10

SEG9

SEG8

SEG7

SEG6

SEG5

SEG4

SEG3

SEG2

SEG1

GRID1

DI401

QLF0086-001

GRID2

GRID3

GRID4

GRID5

GRID6

GRID7

GRID8

GRID9

GRID10

GRID11

GRID13

GRID12

SEG17

SEG18

SEG19

SEG20

SEG21

SEG22

SEG23

4

SEG3

SEG2

SEG1

SEG25

SEG24

SEG23

SEG22

SEG21

SEG20

SEG19

SEG18

SEG17

GRID13

GRID12

GRID11

GRID10

GRID9

GRID8

GRID7

GRID6

GRID5

GRID4

GRID3

GRID2

GRID1

SEG4
SEG5
SEG6
SEG7
SEG8
SEG9
SEG10
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG16

R400

10k
R489
R490
R493
R494
R495
R496
R497
R498
R499

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

R455

3

10k

2092_LCK
2092_DATA
2092_CLK
RELAY_LR
RELAY_C
RELAY_S
POWER
SWITCH
SW_MUTE
S_MUTE

IC401

MN101C35DHR

R426

0.022

C418

C403

22k

2.2/50
IC404

IC-PST9139

R427

4.7k

IC402

BU2092

2092_DATA

2092_CLK

2092_LCK

DVD_R_IND

STB_R_IND

STB_G_IND

VCR_R_IND VCR_G_IND

AM/FM_INDDVD_G_IND

TAPE_IND

TV_IND

C406

4.7/50

C419

100/6.3

SWITCH
+5.6V
B+5V
D.GND
F2

-VPP
F1
POWER
RELAY_LR
RELAY_C
RELAY_S
PROTECTOR

CN214

CS1

CS2

R1423

DVD_IN

R1424

R428
220

VCR_IN

STB_IN

R1425

R1431

220

R1432

220

R1433

220

DTA114EKA

Q413

DTA114EKA

STB-R-IND

TV_OUT

C414

C415

0.01

D401

SLR-342MC

D402

SLR-342MC

D403

SLR-342MC

Q411

DTA114EKA

Q412

STB_G_IND

0.01

C416

Q410

DTA114EKA

VCR_R_IND

VCR_G_IND

0.01

AM/FM_IND

TAPE_IND

TV_IND

DTA114EKA

Q409

DTA114EKA

DVD_R_IND

Q408

DVD_G_IND

D404

SPR-325MVW/L

D405

SPR-325MVW/L

D406

SPR-325MVW/L

KEY_IN1

KEY_IN3

KEY_IN2

0.01

0.01

C412

C413

R488

PROTECTOR

SLOW_L

X401

10k

QAX0246-001

2

R429

S402

S403

S404

S405

10k

S401

KEY_IN2

R436 R444

10k 10k

R437

S406

1k

R438

S407

1k

R439

S408

1.2k

R440

S409

1.5k

R441

S410

2.2k

R442

S411

2.7k

R443

S412

3.9k

KEY_IN3

R445

1k

R446

1k

R447

1.2k

R448

1.5k

R449

2.2k

R450

2.7k

R451

3.9k

S413

S414

S415

S416

S417

S418

CS1

R452 R456

10k 10k

R453

1k

R454

1k

B621

CS2

R457
1k

B620

R458
1k

B619

R459

1.2k
B618

R460

1.5k
B617

R461

2.2k
B616

R462

2.7k
B615

KEY_IN1

R430

1k

R431

1k

R432

1.2k

R433

1.5k

R434

2.2k

R435

2.7k

1

D407

R491

SLR-342VC

S421

R492

3.9k

220

S422

FW401

FW401

STANDBY

C405 C404

1.5ML 100/6.3

SHEET 6/8

ABCD E F G

2-7

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

DSP section

C627

C628

0.01

IC622IC621

TC7SU04FUTC7SU04FU

5

C608

0.1

R618R617
10k10k

C607

A-12V

A+12V

TP515
TP514

LFE.MIX

D.GND

D+5V

R2519

330

R2521

330

R2520

330

R697

DSPCOMMAND

DSPREADY

RESET

100/16

SMUTE

LFE.MIX

0

DSPCLK

DSPSTATUS

LIN+

LIN-

C611

C673

0.01

IC672

TC7SET32FU

C671

0.01

C672

100/6.3

C688

100/6.3

100/6.3

CS

220

R664

R683

0

C687

0.01

C612

0.01

CDTO

CCLK

220

220

R662

R663

UPD784215AGC103

RIN-

RIN+

C693

0.01

R669
10k

Q672

DTC114YE

C661

0.01

D.MUTE

SELECT1
SELECT2
SELECT3
SELECT4
TEST

10k

R682

C694

0.1

R687

0

C610

100/6.3

SDTI3

BCLK

LRCLK

SDTI1

SDTI2

AUTODATA

R673

4.3k

LOCK

R685

10k

DIGITAL0

FORMAT

47k

R603

ROUT3

LOUT3

IC683
RN5RZ33BA

D607

1SS355

D608

1SS355

CHANNEL

ERR

RST_DET

X671

NAX0275-001X

SDTO

220

R609

LOUT2

DSP_RST

220

R608

ROUT2

220

R607

220

220

R611

R606

IC601

AK4527BVQ

LIN-

C601

R632

R686

150

Tx
Rx

220

47k

47k

R602

R601

R612

LIN+

RIN-

RIN+

220p

220p

C602

0

ERR

R691

220

R692

220

R693

220

R694

220

R695

220

R696

220

IC681

PQ3DZ53

MIACK
MILP
MICS
MICK

MIDIO
MIDIO

8.2k

R680

R613

8.2k

R615

4.3k

CDTO
CDTI

CCLK
CS

C603

100/6.3

C605

0.1

C604

100/6.3

C606

0.1

TP607

R620

220

R642

R657
10k

DSPSTATUS

10k

R641

1k

R643

100

0.01

1k
56k
100p

R648

4.7k

10k

C649
120P

LOCK

100/6.3

C641

0.01

C642

0.47

C643

C644

R645

R644
C645

R646

Q607

DTA144EKA

4.3k

R674

DSPREADY

4.3k

R675

DSPCLK

4.3k

R676

DSPCOMMAND

8.2k

8.2k

100P

C679

R678

R679

Q670

DTC114YE

R670

10k

TP606

BCLK

LRCLK

WE

CE

OE

I/O5

I/O6

I/O7

A15

A14

A16

C609

0.1

CDTI

220

R661

IC671

C677

100P

8.2k

R677

RESET

R688

0

DSP signal

10k

R681

C690C689

100/6.30.01

FRONT signal

R671
10k

OUT_LFE

OUT_C

C2555

0.1

C2539

0.1

C2540

0.1

100/6.3

OUT_SRWEOUT_SL

Q673
DTA144EKA

C685

47/16

C683

0.01
C686

47/16

C682

0.01
C684

C681

0.01

R698

0

OUT_R

OUT_L

C2556

0.1

TP509

TP511

TP510

TP512

LOUT2

ROUT2

LOUT3

ROUT3

IN_R

R689

0

IN_L

A+5V

R2515

R2500

10k

C2515

120p

R2517

10k

R2507

R2555

15k

R2551
10k

R2552
10k

R2563

10k

R2565
3k3k100k

R2566

R2564

10k

R2583

10k

R2585 R2581

2.7k 100k

R2518

10k

R2531

9.1k

7.5k

R2532

9.1k

7.5k

R2561

R2562
100k

R2582
100k

C2588

4.7/25

R2589

100k

C2561

1.0/50

C2562

1.0/50

C2581

1.0/50

C2582
10/16

C2517
390p

C2518

390p

R2508

22k

C2531

R2534

22k

56p

R2533

C2532

10k

C2513

0.0012

IC609

BA15218F

IC609

BA15218F

C2514

0.0012

C2516
120p

R2516

10k

C2551

56p

R2553

IC651

BA15218F

IC651

BA15218F

15k

C2552

R2554 R2556

56p

C2563

22p

IC661

BA15218F

IC661

BA15218F

C2564

22p

C2583

22p

IC690

BA15218F

C2584

R2584

22k

IC691

BA15218F

R2558

C2587

56p

R2586

3.3k

IC690
BA15218F

22k

56p

C2594

0.1

R2592

33k

R2557

10k

1k

SMUTE

IC650
BA15218F

10k

56p

R2536

IC650
BA15218F

R2550

2.7k

Q671

2SD2114K/VW

C2508

R2535

10k

10k

R2509

22k

BA15218F

IC610

BA15218F

R2510

22k

C2569

C2570

0.1

C2590

0.1

IC610

0.1

C2589

0.1

33p

C2507

33p

C2512

C2586

0.1

R2537
100k

R2538
100k

4.7/50

C2585

0.1

C2533

4.7/50

C2534

0.1

R672

TP517

TP518

TP519

TP520

1M

TP501

IN_L

TP502

IN_R

C2503

R2511 R2513

4.7/50

9.1k 10k

R2501
100k

R2502 R2522
100k 330

R2512 R2514

C2504

9.1k 10k

4.7/50

4

TP503

OUT_L

IC652

IMX9-W

TP504

OUT_R

TP505

OUT_SL

IC662

OUT_SR

OUT_C

OUT_LFE

IMX9-W

TP506

TP507

IC682

IMX9-W

TP508

3

R2529

R2530

R2567
10k

R2568
10k

R2587

10k

R2588

10k

10k

10k

2

C2527

R2525

10/50

1k

R2527

C2525

0.001

100k

R2528

C2526

0.001

100k

R2526

C2528

1k

10/50

C2577

R2575

10/50

1k

C2575

R2577

0.001

100k

C2576

R2578

0.001

100k

R2576

C2578

1k

10/50

C2597

R2595

10/50

1k

C2595

R2597
100k

0.001

R2598
100k

R2596

C2598

1k

4.7/25

DTA144EKA

R2560 C2500

1M

C2592

0.022

R2590

Q2501

R2594

33k

IC691

BA15218F

33k

22/16

1

CN681

QGB2510K1-20

I/O4

A12

SDTO

I/O2

I/O3

A13

W24L010AJ-12

I/O1

IC641

I/O0

A11A9A8

SELECT4

OE

R628

18k

SELECT3

SDTI1

SDTI2

SDTI3

IC631

TC9446F-014

A0

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

I/O5

I/O6

I/O7CEA10

I/O1

I/O0A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

SELECT2

R639

4.7k

I/O4

I/O2

R627

4.7k

IC611

BU4066BCF

C639

0.01

SELECT1

C632

0.01

A8

C634C633

0.10.1

I/O3

R640

0

C631

100/6.3

DSP_RST

MICS

MICK

MIACK

MILP

MIDIO

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

0.1

C653

C654

100/6.3

CENTER signal
SURROUND signal

C638

100/6.3

R621
220

C646

0.01

AUTODATA

ERR
FORMAT
CHANNEL
DIGITAL0

RST_DETLOCK

TP601

C621
1/50

TP603

R623
100

C647

22p

2.2M
X631

R647

NAX0385-001X

C648

18p

0.1

C636

0.1

C635

R631

0

K601

NQR0269-004

C622
100p

R600

0

1

J601

R622

75

QNN0347-001

C623

1

J601

C626

1

C624

0.1

UN661

GP1FA550RZ

2-8

SHEET 7/8

HABC DE FG

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Tuner section

5

C129

IC121

LC72136N

X121

QAX0402-001

C121
12P

C122
12P

R127

0.001
C128

0.47/50

8.2K

R124

C117

6P

C123

0.047

2.2K

R126

5.6K

Q121
DTA124E

R114

1.2K

R184

R134
1K

10K

R183

10K

L111
15

D129

1SS133

R122

4.7K

C126
100P

R182

10K

R133

3.9K

D123

1SS133

C118
15P

R132

39K

C157

0.047

R147

3.3K

T142

QQR0973-001

D121

1SS133

C158

22/16

C156

0.001

R146

4.7K

C168

1/50

CF102

QAX0285-001Z

R141

1K

IC102

LA1838

C150

22/16

C143

0.022

C133

22/16

C141

0.047

C134

0.0022

C137

68P

C144

R150
330

0.047

R140

56K

C135

0.022

470.022

R142C163

0.047

C164

CF103
QAX0519-001Z

5.6k

R143

1/50

C147

R144

C136

R157
C161
10/16

2.7K

C162
10/16

R158

2.7K

C139

0.039

C140

0.039

C186

10/16

C185

10/16

R145

10K

3.3K

C148

1/50

0.22/50

1/50

C149

C146
1/50

C196

2.2/50

C195

330P

560P

C193

C184

R161

1K

R162

1K

1SS133

D131

100/16

C191

82P

X191

QAX0263-001Z

C192

47P

R191

1K

C194

0.1

R192
470K

IC191

SAA6588

C197

0.047

C199

10/16

R193
R194

10K
10K

RF101
QAU0119-001

Q103

2SC461/BC

R103
100

C101

0.01

4

AT101

QNB0014-001

BK001

CF101

QAX0285-001Z

KTC3199/GL

R105

R111

1K

R104

R106

2.7K

Q102

R109

2SC535/BC

390

560

R107

Q111

4.7k

C105

0.022

Q112

KTC3199/GL

R112

220

C107

22/16

R108

3.3K

Q113

DTA114Y

4.7k

3

T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111T111

T111T111T111T111

QQR0871-001

C112

C111

0.047

12P

100K

R115

R128

4.7K

C130

100/10

R130

68( 1/4W) F.RES.

C103

0.022

R129

TP101TP101

R119
10K

2.2K

2

DAVN

SDA

SCL

CN111

QGB2501K2-12

DATA

MUTE

CKCE9V

STEREO

TUNED

DETOUT

ROUT

5.6V

LOUT

GND

QGB2501K1-04

TO CN121

( SHEET 4 / 8 )

1

Parts are safety assurance parts.
When replacing those parts make

D.GND

CN112

TO CN122

( SHEET 4 / 8 )

TUNER signal

sure to use the specified one.

SHEET 8/8

ABCD E F G

2-9

Printed circuit boards

Main & System control board

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

C403

R427

C401

D408

Q407

5

R425

R426

IC403

FW401

IC404

S409S410

C419

R441

R440

IC402

S407

4

C406

S422

3

R492

FW401

S421

R491

D407

R445

R438

C759

C760

R437

S413

S406

FW702

R446

C757

S414

C758

R499

L745

R498

FW707

R497

C756

D743

C754

R496

R749

R449

R495

RY743

R494

ST742

S416

C752

C750

R748

R493

L744

R743

R490

R489

R400

C751

C749

R455

C407

R747

D742

R742

C408

RY742

R428

C753

C755

L743

R741

Q408

L742

S404

FW701

D404

C748

D741

R720

C746

Q409

D710

R433

R1422

R726

C409

R1421

C712

C744

C742

Q710

Q711
Q713

R1420

Q712

R402

R1419

R434

R404

R406

R1418

ST741

R746

RY741

R435

Q402

R1417

Q412

S405

R403

R408

R401

R1416

R724R725

R1415

C743

C741

Q401

R1414

D713
D712

R442 R443

R423

R407

Q405

R405

R1425

R424
R421

R1423

R1413

R1412

R1411

R1410

R1409

Q413

Q410

C745

R745

C747

L741

Q709

D715

R732

R731

S411 S412

R410 R411

R419

R418

R420

C411

R417

R422

Q406

R1405

R1408

R1407

R1406

DI401

Q411

D405D406

R727R728

C714C715

D714

R730

R721

Q714Q715

D711

R729

R722

R412

R409

Q708

C713

R723

C410

R413

R414

Q404

R416

R1403

R1404

Q403

R1401

R1402

R415

Q415

R483

R1433

R1424

R484

R485

R450

R486

R1432

S417

Q416

R487

R482

Q414

R481

R451

R1431

S418

R432

C417

R460

R478
R477

R476

R459

C405

R430

R458

S401

R479

R474

X401

R461

R462

S403

R480

IC401

D401D402D403

IC401

C404

C402

R488

EP701

R457

R475

R473

R465

R466

C701 C702

R431

R454

R468

R469

R467

R453

R471

R470

R472

CN401

S402

R448

R447

C418

R1426

D701

D703

D702

D704

R439

R1427

CN402

S408

C416

C415

C414
C412

S415

RY701

R464

C703

C413

R463

R1428

R456

R452

R444
R436

R429

D716

CN202

C716

CL701 CL702

CN206

Q701

HABC DE FG

CN515

R702

R703

C705

C704

C708

D706

2

CN121

CN122

CN513CN514

Q707

R717

R716

Q706

R718
R719

Q705

D709

D708

C711

R713

R714R715

C717

CN714

R707
R708

CN713

C710

Q703

R712

Q704

D707

R710

R711
R709

Q702

C709

R706

CN712

CN517

R704

CN711

R705

R701

C706

CN516

CN715

D705

1

2-10

Audio signal input board

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

C555

C561

J502

R593

R529

Q508

R558

IC503

R592

R552

CN205

Q507

R556

R591

R530

C546

Q520

J504

C544

R531

C556

R554

R532

CL502

Q517

Q516

HS520

D508

C581

Q515

C563

R1621

C562

HS515

C578

R533

R584

R536

R535

C569

C558

D504

EP501

R583

CN502

R523

C512

R522

D518

R521

D517

CL501

CN501

R519

C511

R520

D516

C510

R518

C593

D515

K501

R513

C591
R1613

EP502

R516R517

C507

R515

Q522

C509

R579

R580

C572

K502
C508

R514
C592
R1614

D507

Q514

PW504

Q523

HS514

R590

R589

R1626

HS526

5

4

C567

CN503 CN504

D520

R585

R596

Q518

Q526

Q519

R586

R595

Q521

D505

C566

Q512

C574

C564

FL502

FL501

3

D509

R577

HS521

HS512

C570

D519

C553

C559

R594

R602

C565

C551

Q510

C557

C552

D506

Q525

D503

R597

R598

C554

R587

C568

R1625

C560

R576

R575

R599

R588

Q509

C513

R603

R578

Q513

R525

C515

R581

R582

C516

R1624

R572

R574

C550
R570

HS513

C571

Q506

J503

C514

R526

C536

R527

R1615 R1616

Q505

CN507

C517

PW514

C549

R569
R571

R573

C518

R528

R548

C526

C528
C532

C534

R550

CN505

C542

C537

R538

R1620

R546

Q502

C524

C530

Q501

C541

R545

R549

C520

C522

R547

R1618

C533

R511

C506

R510

R537

D514

C531

R509

C529

R1619

D513

R507

C505

R1617

C523

C527

R508

IC501

R505

D512

C525

C521

C504

C519

R506

D511

R503

C535

R504

C503

R501

R1611 R1612

C545

R557

C501

C577

R559

C502

Q503

CN506

R502

R1623

R561

J501

R534

Q511

C606

C604C605

C602

CN601

2-11

R1505 R1506

C1507

D1505

C1544

D1504

R1605

R1579

C1539

CN508

IC515

CN411

R1572

R1571

D1503

R1601

C1538

R1569R1570

Q1532

D1507

R1576

C1505
R1503

R1564
Q1524

R1602

D1508

C1506
R1504

FW501

R1562

R1632
C1502
R1502

C1543

CN512

R1501

R1631

R1561

C1501

R1563

Q1523

R1575

J1501

C1542

D1506

R1577

R1558

C1541

IC514

EP511

IC516

R1578

R1522

C1522

PW503

Q1528

R1573

R1573

R1523

Q1522

IC513

C1540

C1524

Q1506

PW513

Q1503

R1524R1525

R1519

C1523

C1520

R1556

R1521

IC512

R1520

R1517

C1521

R1518

Q1505

C1519

C1518

R1516

Q1502

IC511

C1517

R1529R1530R1531

C1536

C1528

C1529

R1515

R1603

Q1501

C1516
R1514

C1515

R1513

Q1504

Q1531

R1512

R1604

Q1526

C1512

R1634

R1566

J1502

R1633

C1511
R1511

Q1525

R1565

R1568

R1567

C603

C601

CN511

2

R1560

R1508

D1501

R1510

C1508

R1507

R1509

C1510

C1509

Q1521

Q1527

R1547

R1574

R1548

Q1514

1

R1549

Q1515

Q1520

CN412

ABCD E F G

power amp. board

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

FW206

R935

R941

Q911

R937

D905

Q913

FW202

FW201

R939

D907

R931R933

C921C923

EP201

R929

R927

R925

D212

C213

D219

Q915Q917

TH901

Q909

CN204

Q203

C217

C212

R208

Q202

R207

D211

R203

Q205

R204

Q209

Q208

Q207

C216

C209

Q204

D216

R202

R206

D208

D220

D217

C218

D206

PW203

D207

PW201

C207

C215

D209

HS211

Q211

C221

C206

D215

D214

D210

5

C911

L901

R945

FC203

FC204

R943

R913

R949

R201

FC205

FC206

4

FC202

CN217

PW101

PW102

3

PW103

FC201

R205

TA202

TA201

EP202

CN207

CN705

C901

D901

R909

C913

C905

R901

C907

R907

C903

Q903

C915

Q905

C917

R903

R905

Q901

R963

R955

R915

R921

R957

C919

R923

R961

R959

R947

C909

C929

R953

D909

C925 C927

R951

R911

Q919

C208

C210

D221

C214

D213

R209

FC208

R212

R214

R211

RY201

C204

C205

Q212

FC207

CN707

FW205

D204

D203

PW202

D201

TH201

C202

CN201

C201

C203

D202

T202

D302

C306

Q302

R322

Q304

C320

R352

R344

R328

R302

R324

R332

C322

C302

R304

L302

R330

C304

R306

R336

Q312

D306
R340

2-12

R809

R354

R807

R857

Q819

C813

C817

R855

R859

C829
D809

R845

R849

R841
R837

Q813

C807

C815

Q805

D807

R815

R861
R847

C809

R811

C811

R813

CN702

C326C328

Q316Q318

D801

C805

Q801

Q803

R863

R851

C819

R843

R801

R829
R827
R825

TH801

Q809

R821

R823

C801

R803

L801

R805

R835

D805
R839

C803

Q811

Q815Q817

R810

C814

C808

C806

C818

R856

R860

C830
D810

R846

R850

R842
R838

Q814

C816

Q806

D808

R816

R862
R848

C810

R812

C812

R814

R808

R858

R853

C825C827 CN703

Q820

R831R833

C821C823

D802

Q804

Q802

R852

C820

R864

R844

R830
R828
R826

TH802

Q810

R822

R824

C802

R804

L802

R832R834

C822C824

R802

R806

R836

D806
R840

CN704

C804

R854

C826C828

Q812

Q816Q818

HABC DE FG

Q308

Q320

R334

C324

R308

R318

R348

R350

D304

R346

C314

C318

R316

D310

VR302

R310

C308

C316

Q306

R356

R320

C310

R312

C312

R314

R342

R338

Q314

D308

C313

R309

C317

C307

C315

Q305

R307

Q307

2

D303

R315

D309

VR301

R337

R319

C309

R311

C311

R313

R341

Q313

D307

R317

R347

Q319

R345

R349

R333

C323

D301

C305

Q301

R321

R355

R351

Q303

C319

R343

R301

R323

C301

R303

L301

R331

C321

R305

C303

R335

Q311

D305
R339

R353

C325C327 CN701

1

R327

TH301

Q309

R325

R329

Q315Q317

TH302

Q310

R326

DSP board

Forward side

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

X671

C610

K687

R615

C603

C611

R661

C687

R687

K688

R682

R697

Q672

R662

C673

R663

R664

C602

IC601

K681

C684

C604

IC672

D607

C601

R669

R2535

R2510
C2508

C607

D608

CN681

R671

R2508

Q673

C2582

R672

C2533

C2531
R2533

R2586

R2582

C2581

Q671

R2565

C2561

C2534

C2540
C2539

R2518
C2518

R2507

C686

R2566

C2584
R2584

R2564
C2564

C2563
R2563

C2555
C2556

R2521
R2519

C685

R2520

C2517
R2517

IC690

R2522

R698

C2507

C2562

R2509

K682

IC691

IC650

C2588

IC610

R2592

C2515

C2594

IC661

IC651

C2597

C2578

C2527

R2594

R2578

R2590

C2592

IC609

C2577
C2528

R2512
C2514

R2585
C2598

R2531

R2513
R2515

R2555

R2598

R2577
R2528

C2504

C2513
R2511

C2583
R2583

R2588

R2587
R2597

R2568

R2567

R2530

C2551

R2553

C2516

C2503

IC682

Q2501
C2500
R2560

IC662

R2529

IC652

R2527

C2587
R2558
R2557

R2536

R2516
R2514

R2534

C2532

R2556

R2532

R2554

C2552

R670

C643

R694

R632

R643

CN687

C672

R601
R602

Q601

R609

R684

LC632

R685

IC683

R612

R611
R606
R607
R608

R673

Q670

R613

R693

R677

C677

R692

R603

C688

IC671

R691

5

4

J601

UN663 UN664

UN662

UN661

K602

C648

R647

C647

K601

C621

LC631

C631
IC622

R627

R621

C638

IC611

C628

X631

R628

R639

C690

LC641

IC621

IC631

IC681

C654

R642
R648

R681

LC671

R688 R689

R679R680

C679

R678

R674

R695

R696

IC641

R657

Q607

C641

R686

C644

R633

C645

R641

R645
R644

R646
C649

3

Reverse side

K603

C623
R622
C622

TP603

2

TP604

TP602

1

TP605

R630

C624

C629

R623

R625

C625

R629

C637

R624

R626

TP601

C626

C636

C639
R631

C646
C635

C634

R640

C689

C653

C633

C632

TP606

C671

C693
C642

CN687

C694

R675

R676

R683

C609

C612

C605

R617 R618

C606

TP607

C681

C608

TP515

TP514
TP517

TP518

R2581

TP520

TP519

C682

R2550

R2589

C683

C661

R2537
R2538

C2589
C2590

TP511

R2500

TP509

TP510

R2561

C2512

TP512

R2551
R2552

C2570

C2585
C2586

C2569

CN681

R2562

R2501
R2502

C2525

C2575

R2525

R2526

R2576

R2595

R2596

TP502

C2526

R2575

C2576

C2595

TP501

TP503

TP504

TP505

TP506

TP507

TP508

A

BC D

2-13

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Tuner board

B171

C117

C136

R158

D126

L112

T111

B199

L111

C158

R140

C161

R157

CN111

5

B123

4

C157

C168

C133

3

C162

2

C113

B183

C135

E

B180

30

IC102

16

R162

R161

R183

CN112

B173

D127

C111

[DOM]

Q111

C118

R146

D123

C137
C139

C185

R141

R182

D121

R147

C138

C140

C186

B

B104

C141

C134

C199

B177

B133

C112

[DOM]

B176

[DOM]

CF102

B188

D131

X191

R109

C149

R115

[DOM]

151

R191

C144

R142

C163

B132

R193

C191

E

R108

C165

R111

C150

R145

Q112

B197

B124

R150

C164

C192

B196

C143

C148

B198

C146

R144

C194

R192

B

Q103

C105

C184

R194

Q113

R114

C197

IC191

E

R107

R143

B131

B178

R112

CF101

T142

CF103

C147

Q121

B

BE

R126

B175

C107

R106

R105

AT101

B174

Q102

R104

EB

R103

B103

B182

B122

B121

C195

C193

B192

B187

B181

R130

C101

R184

C196

B195

B191

C122

B105

B194

R134

D124

D125

B190

B189

B134

X121

C130

T2D

B135

B151

R128

C103

B172

R119

R129

IC121

C121

1

B193

B186

B102

C123

C128

C126

C129

RF101

R133

R132

D129

R122

R124

R127

B106

B113

B112

B111

2-14

1

A

BC D

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

PARTS LIST

[ RX-E100RSL ]

[ RX-E100RSB ]

* All printed circuit boards and its assemblies are not available as service parts.

RX-E100RSL

- Contents -

Exploded view of general assembly and parts list
Electrical parts list

Packing materials and accessories parts list

Area suffix

B ------------------------------- U.K.

E ----------- Continental Europe
EN ------------ Northern Europe

RX-E100RSB

Area suffix

E ----------- Continental Europe

EN ------------ Northern Europe

3- 3
3- 5
3-18

3-1

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

< MEMO >

3-2

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Exploded view of general assembly and parts list

Block No.

64

M

5

59

58

M

1

M

60

39

41

Power/Fuse
board

63

DSP board

43

Speaker

Power trans

board

board

Relay
board

55

56

Signal input
board

44

52

53

51

48

50

43

42

47

45

49

43

3328

46

69

68

Audio board

67

70

35

54

Tuner board

71

Relay
board

61

4

57

62

65

Power supply
board

3

38

38

59

40

35

54

Main
board

34

32

31

30

28

28

Center amp
board

Front amp

28

28

board(Lch)

Front amp
board(Rch)

Rear amp

Switch board

5

6

19

2

1

2

12

17

21

66

7

9

System control
board

16

15

14

27

32

31

29

board(Lch)

Rear amp
board(Rch)

34

37

36

24

23

24

23

10

9

66

13

11

22

1

4

18

3

8

ABCD E F G

20

25

26

3-3

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

)

)

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

1 LV10482-001A FRONT PANEL 1
2 VJD5429-002SS JVC MARK 1
3 E75896-003 FELT SPACER 2 FOR FRONT FOOT
4 LV20958-005A LENS 1 RX-E100RSB

5 LV20991-001A POWER BUTTON 1
6 LV42096-001A INDICATOR 1
7 LV32517-001A CONTROL BUTTON 1
8 LV20959-001A SOURCE BUTTON 1

9 LV32519-001A SOURCE INDICATO 2
10 LV32552-003A INDI.ESCUTCHEON 1
11 LV20992-001A VOLUME BUTTON 1
12 QYSBSF2608Z T.SCREW 2 F.C.B POWER+F.PANEL
13 LV42195-001A FL SCREEN 1 TO FRONT PANEL
14 QYSBSF2608Z T.SCREW 8 F.C.B FL+F.PANEL
15 QUQ412-1448CJ FFC WIRE 1
16 QUQ412-1738CJ FFC WIRE 1
17 QUQ412-1213CJ FFC WIRE 1
18 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 4 F.PANEL+C.BASE
19 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 F.PANEL+F.BKT
20 LV10019-003A CHASSIS BASE 1
21 LV10483-001A FRONT BRACKET 1
22 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 5 C.BASE+F.BKT
23 E68587-223SM CB BKT 3
24 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 CB BKT+C.BASE
25 E47227-021 FOOT ASS'Y 2
26 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 FOOT ASS'Y+C.BASE
27 LV20960-001A HEAT SINK 1
28 E73525-003SS SCREW 10 TR
29 LV32433-001A H.S BRACKET(R
30 LV32434-001A H.S BRACKET(L
31 QYSBSG3008Z T.SCREW 4 H.SINK BKT+H.SINK
32 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 H.SINK BKT+F.BKT
33 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 AMP M.C.B+H.SINK BKT
34 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 2 H.SINK BKT+C.BASE
35 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 A.M.C.B+C.B.&CB BKT
36 LV42098-001A C.B BKT 1
37 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 1 C.B.BKT+C.BASE
38 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 T.C.B+C.BASE&F.BKT
39 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 1 P.CORD C.B+C.BASE
40 QQT0327-002 POWER TRANSF

A

41 QYSDSTL4008Z SPECIAL SCREW 4 P.TRANS
42 LV20961-006A REAR PANEL 1 RX-E100RSB

43 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3 R.PANEL+C.BASE
44 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 1 R.PANEL+ud--­45 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 2 TUNER
46 QUQ412-2706CJ FFC WIRE 1 I.M.C.B TO SCARRTE

(General assembly)

Q'ty Description

LV20958-001A LENS 1 RX-E100RSL

1
1

1 T201

LV20961-003A REAR PANEL 1 RX-E100RSL

Block No. M1MM

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

47 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 5 SCART 2
48 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 1 SUB WOOFER
49 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 1 TAPE
50 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 5 SCART
51 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 2 DIGITAL
52 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 2 F.SPK TERM.+R.PANEL
53 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 2 R.SPK TERM.+R.PANEL
54 QYSBSG3006Z T.SCREW 3 INPUT M.C.B+C.BASE
55 QMPN100-200-JD POWER CORD B

A
A

56 QZW0033-001 STRAIN RELIEF

A

57 LV20962-001A/S/ TOP COVER 1
58 QYSBSGY3008M SPECIAL SCREW 3
59 E406308-004 SPECIAL SCREW 4 RX-E100RSL
60 QMF51E2-1R6-J1 FUSE

A

61 QMF51E2-2R0-J1 FUSE

A

62 QMF51E2-R10-J1 FUSE

A

63 E307572-001 FASTENER 1
64 E409396-002 CAUTION LABEL 1
65 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
66 LV30225-0C1A FELT SPACER 2 FS400 FS401
67 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
68 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
69 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 2
70 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 1
71 QYSBSG3008E T.SCREW 2

(General assembly)

QMPK150-200-JD POWER CORD

Q'ty Description

1
1
1

1 F201
2 F202 F203
1 F204

Block No. M1MM

E, EN

3-4

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

C 201 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 100V

C 202 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 100V

C 203 QFLC2AJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 100V
C 204 QETM1VM-228 E CAPACITOR 2200MF 20% 35V

C 205 QETM1VM-108 E CAPACITOR 1000MF 20% 35V

C 206 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 207 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 208 QFLC2AJ-472Z M CAPACITOR 4700PF 5% 100V

C 209 QETN1EM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 25V
C 210 QCZ9104-472 C CAPACITOR

A

C 212 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 16V

C 213 QETN0JM-228Z E CAPACITOR 2200MF 20% 6.3V
C 214 QETN1HM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220MF 20% 50V

C 215 QETN1JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 63V

C 216 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 50V
C 217 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 50V

C 218 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C 221 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 301 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V

C 302 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V

C 303 QCS31HJ-680Z C CAPACITOR 68PF 5% 50V
C 304 QCS31HJ-680Z C CAPACITOR 68PF 5% 50V

C 305 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 306 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 307 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V

C 308 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V

C 309 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V
C 310 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

C 311 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V

C 312 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 313 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V

C 314 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V

C 315 QCS32HJ-220Z C CAPACITOR 22PF 5% 500V
C 316 QCS32HJ-220Z C CAPACITOR 22PF 5% 500V

C 317 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

C 318 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V
C 319 QETN1JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 63V

C 320 QETN1JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 63V

C 321 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 322 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V

C 323 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V

C 324 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 325 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 326 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 327 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 328 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 801 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V

C 802 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 803 QCS31HJ-680Z C CAPACITOR 68PF 5% 50V

C 804 QCS31HJ-680Z C CAPACITOR 68PF 5% 50V

C 805 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 806 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 807 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V

C 808 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V
C 809 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C 810 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C 811 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V
C 812 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V

C 813 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V

C 814 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V
C 815 QCS32HJ-330Z C CAPACITOR 33PF 5% 500V

C 816 QCS32HJ-330Z C CAPACITOR 33PF 5% 500V

C 817 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

Parts number Parts name Area

(Power amp board)

Remarks

4700PF

Block No. 01

Item

A

C 818 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

C 819 QETN2AM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 100V

C 820 QETN2AM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 100V
C 821 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V

C 822 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V

C 823 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 824 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V

C 825 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 826 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 827 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 828 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 829 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V
C 830 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V

C 901 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V

C 903 QCS31HJ-680Z C CAPACITOR 68PF 5% 50V
C 905 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 907 QCB31HK-152Z C CAPACITOR 1500PF 10% 50V

C 909 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 911 QCS31HJ-100Z C CAPACITOR 10PF 5% 50V

C 913 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR .010MF 5% 50V

C 915 QCS32HJ-330Z C CAPACITOR 33PF 5% 500V
C 917 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

C 919 QETN2AM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 100V

C 921 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V
C 923 QCS32HJ-470Z C CAPACITOR 47PF 5% 500V

C 925 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V

C 927 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 929 QETN1HM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 50V

CN201 QGD2501C1-05Z SOCKET

CN204 QGF1205C1-12 CONNECTOR
CN207 WJK0037-001A E-SI C WIRE C-B

CN217 QGA7901C1-02 CONNECTOR

CN701 QGB2510K1-09 CONNECTOR
CN702 QGB2510K1-09 CONNECTOR

CN703 QGB2510K1-09 CONNECTOR

CN704 QGB2510K1-09 CONNECTOR
CN705 QGB2510K1-09 CONNECTOR

CN707 QGD2501C1-04Z SOCKET

D 201 10E2-FD DIODE

A

D 202 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 203 10E2-FD DIODE

A

D 204 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 206 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 207 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 208 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 209 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 210 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 211 MTZJ6.2C-T2 Z DIODE
D 212 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

D 213 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 214 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 215 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

A

D 216 MTZJ27C-T2 Z DIODE

D 217 MTZJ6.2C-T2 Z DIODE
D 219 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

D 220 1SR35-400A-T5 DIODE

D 221 MTZJ6.2C-T2 Z DIODE
D 301 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 302 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 303 SLR-342MC-T LED
D 304 SLR-342MC-T LED

D 305 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 306 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-5

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

D 307 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 308 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 309 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 310 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 801 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 802 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 805 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 806 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 807 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 808 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 809 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 810 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 901 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 905 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 907 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 909 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

EP201 QNZ0136-001Z EARTH PLATE

EP202 E409182-001SM GRAND TERMINAL
FC201 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP

FC202 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP

FC203 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC204 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP

FC205 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP

FC206 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP
FC207 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP

FC208 QNG0020-001Z FUSE CLIP

FW201 QUM135-22DGZ4 PARA RIBON WIRE
FW202 QJK017-031301 SIN CR C-B WIR

FW205 QUM134-22DGZ4 PARA RIBON WIRE

FW206 QUM133-08DGZ4 PARA RIBON WIRE
HS211 E70306-001 HEAT SINK

L 301 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

L 302 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L 801 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

L 802 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

L 901 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

A

A

A
A
A
A

Parts number Parts name Area

202 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR

203 KTC3203/OY/-T TRANSISTOR

204 KTA1046/Y/ TRANSISTOR
205 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

207 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR

208 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
209 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR

211 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

212 KRC105M-T D TRANSISTOR
301 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR

302 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR

303 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
304 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR

305 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

306 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
307 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

308 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

309 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
310 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR

311 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

312 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
313 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

314 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

315 2SD2389/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
316 2SD2389/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR

317 2SB1559/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR

318 2SB1559/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR

(Power amp board)

F201

F201

F202
F202

F203

F203
F204

F204

Remarks

Block No. 01

Item

A

A
A
A
A

A
A

R 201 QRJ146J-5R6X UNF C RESISTORA5.6 5% 1/4W
R 202 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 203 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 204 QRJ146J-821X UNF C RESISTORA820 5% 1/4W
R 206 QRJ146J-332X UNF C RESISTORA3.3K 5% 1/4W

R 207 QRE141J-223Y C RESISTOR 22K 5% 1/4W

R 208 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 209 QRE141J-104Y C RESISTOR 100K 5% 1/4W

R 211 QRZ9005-120X F RESISTOR

A

R 212 QRJ146J-682X UNF C RESISTORA6.8K 5% 1/4W
R 213 QRE141J-331Y C RESISTOR 330 5% 1/4W

R 214 QRJ146J-120X UNF C RESISTORA12 5% 1/4W

R 301 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 302 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W

R 303 QRE141J-683Y C RESISTOR 68K 5% 1/4W

R 304 QRE141J-683Y C RESISTOR 68K 5% 1/4W
R 305 QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR 12K 5% 1/4W

R 306 QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR 12K 5% 1/4W

R 307 QRE141J-202Y C RESISTOR 2.0K 5% 1/4W
R 308 QRE141J-202Y C RESISTOR 2.0K 5% 1/4W

R 309 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W

R 310 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 311 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W

R 312 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W

R 313 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 314 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W

R 315 QRJ146J-121X UNF C RESISTORA120 5% 1/4W

R 316 QRJ146J-121X UNF C RESISTORA120 5% 1/4W
R 317 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W

R 318 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W

R 319 QRJ146J-471X UNF C RESISTORA470 5% 1/4W
R 320 QRJ146J-471X UNF C RESISTORA470 5% 1/4W

R 321 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 322 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

319 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

320 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

801 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
802 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR

803 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR

804 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
805 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

806 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

809 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
810 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR

811 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

812 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
813 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

814 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

815 2SD2389/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
816 2SD2389/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR

817 2SB1559/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR

818 2SB1559/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
819 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

820 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

901 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR
903 2SC2240/L/-T TRANSISTOR

905 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

909 2SD637/QR/ TRANSISTOR
911 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

913 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

915 2SD2389/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR
917 2SB1559/OPY/-F6 TRANSISTOR

919 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

12 1/0W

Remarks

3-6

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 323 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 324 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 325 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 326 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W

R 327 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W

R 328 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 329 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W

R 330 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W

R 331 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 332 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 333 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 334 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 335 QRE141J-820Y C RESISTOR 82 5% 1/4W

R 336 QRE141J-820Y C RESISTOR 82 5% 1/4W

R 337 QRE141J-820Y C RESISTOR 82 5% 1/4W
R 338 QRE141J-820Y C RESISTOR 82 5% 1/4W

R 339 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W

R 340 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 341 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W

R 342 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W

R 343 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR 1/2W
R 344 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR 1/2W

R 345 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W

R 346 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 347 QRE141J-153Y C RESISTOR 15K 5% 1/4W

R 348 QRE141J-153Y C RESISTOR 15K 5% 1/4W

R 349 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 350 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W

R 351 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W

R 352 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 353 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W

R 354 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W

R 801 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 802 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W

R 803 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W

R 804 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 805 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W

R 806 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W

R 807 QRE141J-302Y C RESISTOR 3.0K 5% 1/4W
R 808 QRE141J-302Y C RESISTOR 3.0K 5% 1/4W

R 809 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W

R 810 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 811 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W

R 812 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W

R 813 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 814 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W

R 815 QRJ146J-221X UNF C RESISTORA220 5% 1/4W

R 816 QRJ146J-221X UNF C RESISTORA220 5% 1/4W
R 821 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 822 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 823 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 824 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 825 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W

R 826 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 827 QRE141J-751Y C RESISTOR 750 5% 1/4W

R 828 QRE141J-751Y C RESISTOR 750 5% 1/4W

R 829 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 830 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W

R 831 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 832 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 833 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 834 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W

R 835 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W

Parts number Parts name Area

(Power amp board)

Remarks

Block No. 01

Item

A

R 836 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 837 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 838 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 839 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 840 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 841 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 842 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 843 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR 1/2W
R 844 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR 1/2W
R 845 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 846 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 847 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 848 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 849 QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR 12K 5% 1/4W
R 850 QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR 12K 5% 1/4W
R 851 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 852 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 853 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 854 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 855 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 856 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 857 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 858 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 859 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 860 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 861 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 862 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 901 QRE141J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R 903 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 905 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 907 QRE141J-302Y C RESISTOR 3.0K 5% 1/4W
R 909 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 911 QRJ146J-391X UNF C RESISTORA390 5% 1/4W
R 913 QRE141J-563Y C RESISTOR 56K 5% 1/4W
R 915 QRJ146J-221X UNF C RESISTORA220 5% 1/4W
R 921 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 923 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 925 QRE141J-361Y C RESISTOR 360 5% 1/4W
R 927 QRE141J-751Y C RESISTOR 750 5% 1/4W
R 929 QRE141J-471Y C RESISTOR 470 5% 1/4W
R 931 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 933 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTORA10 5% 1/4W
R 935 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 937 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 5% 1/4W
R 939 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 941 QRE141J-181Y C RESISTOR 180 5% 1/4W
R 943 QRZ0218-R22 EMIT RESISTOR 1/2W
R 945 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 947 QRE141J-183Y C RESISTOR 18K 5% 1/4W
R 949 QRE141J-473Y C RESISTOR 47K 5% 1/4W
R 951 QRJ125J-330 UNF C RESISTORA33 5% 1/2W
R 953 QRL022J-100 UNF OMF RESISTORA10 5% 1/2W
R 955 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 957 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 959 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
R 961 QRE141J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3K 5% 1/4W
RY201 QSK0055-001 RELAY

A

T 202 QQT0281-002 POWER TRANSF

A

TA201 QNZ0079-001Z TAB
TA202 QNZ0079-001Z TAB
TH201 QAD0095-4R7Z POSISTOR

A

TH301 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH302 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH801 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH802 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

TH901 QAD0012-202 THERMISTOR

A

VR301 QVP0008-102Z SEMI V RESISTOR
VR302 QVP0008-102Z SEMI V RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-7

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

BK401 LV32554-001A FL HOLDER(L)

BK402 LV32555-001A FL HOLDER(R)

C 401 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 402 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 403 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V

C 404 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 405 QCZ0205-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF

C 406 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 407 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 408 QEKC1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 409 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR

C 410 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C 411 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR

C 412 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 413 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 414 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 415 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 416 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 417 NCB31HK-561X C CAPACITOR

C 418 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 701 QFZ9076-104Z MM CAPACITOR .10MF
C 702 QFZ9076-104Z MM CAPACITOR .10MF

C 703 QFZ9076-104Z MM CAPACITOR .10MF

C 704 QTE1J45-478 E CAPACITER
C 705 QTE1J45-478 E CAPACITER

C 706 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V

C 709 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 710 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C 711 QEKC1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 50V

C 712 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 713 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 714 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 715 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 717 QCS31HJ-101Z C CAPACITOR 100PF 5% 50V

C 741 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V

C 742 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V
C 743 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 744 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 745 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 746 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 747 QCF31HZ-223Z C CAPACITOR .022MF +80:-20%

C 748 QCF31HZ-223Z C CAPACITOR .022MF +80:-20%
C 749 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V

C 750 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR .022MF 5% 50V

C 751 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 752 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 753 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 754 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
C 755 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 756 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 757 QFLC1HJ-473Z M CAPACITOR .047MF 5% 50V
C 758 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 759 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V

C 760 QCS31HJ-221Z C CAPACITOR 220PF 5% 50V
CL701 QZW0038-001 WIRE CLAMP

CL702 QZW0038-001 WIRE CLAMP

CN121 QGB2501J1-12 CONNECTOR
CN122 QGB2501J1-04 CONNECTOR

CN202 QGA2501C1-03 3P CONNECTOR

CN206 QGD2501C1-03Z SOCKET
CN214 QGF1205F1-12 CONNECTOR

CN401 QGF1205F1-17 CONNECTOR

CN402 QGF1205F1-14 CONNECTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Main & System control board)

Remarks

Block No. 02

Item

A

CN513 QGB2510K1-12 CONNECTOR

CN514 QGB2510K1-04 CONNECTOR

CN515 QGA2501C1-03 3P CONNECTOR
CN516 QGA2501C1-02 2P CONNECTOR

CN517 QGA2501C1-03 3P CONNECTOR

CN711 QGB2510J1-09 CONNECTOR
CN712 QGB2510J1-09 CONNECTOR

CN713 QGB2510J1-09 CONNECTOR

CN714 QGB2510J1-09 CONNECTOR
CN715 QGB2510J1-09 CONNECTOR

D 401 SLR-342MC-T LED

D 402 SLR-342MC-T LED
D 403 SLR-342MC-T LED

D 404 SPR-325MVW/L/-T LED

D 405 SPR-325MVW/L/-T LED
D 406 SPR-325MVW/L/-T LED

D 407 SLR-342VC-T LED

D 408 1SS355-X DIODE
D 701 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D 702 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D 703 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D 704 30DF2-FC DIODE

A

D 705 MTZJ18C-T2 Z DIODE

D 707 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 708 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 709 MTZJ15C-T2 Z DIODE

D 710 MTZJ5.1C-T2 Z DIODE
D 711 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 712 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 713 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 714 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 715 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 716 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 741 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 742 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 743 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
DI401 QLF0086-001 FL TUBE

EP701 QNZ0136-001Z EARTH PLATE

FW401 QUM133-20Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE
FW701 QUM134-27Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE

FW702 QUM136-24Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE

FW707 QUM134-22DGZ4 PARA RIBON WIRE
IC401 MN101C35DHR IC

IC402 BU2092F-X IC

IC403 GP1U281X IC
IC404 IC-PST9139-T IC

L 741 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

L 742 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR
L 743 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

L 744 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

L 745 QQLZ005-R45 INDUCTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

401 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

402 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

403 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
404 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

405 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

406 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
407 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR

408 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

409 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR
410 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

411 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

412 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

Remarks

3-8

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 400 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 401 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R 402 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 403 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR

R 404 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 405 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R 406 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR

R 407 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 408 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 409 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 410 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 411 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR
R 412 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 413 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR

R 414 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR
R 415 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 416 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 417 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R 418 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 419 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR

R 420 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 421 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR

R 422 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR

R 423 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 424 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 425 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 426 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R 427 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 428 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 429 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 430 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 431 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 432 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R 433 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR

R 434 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR

R 435 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 436 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 437 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 438 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 439 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR

R 440 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR

R 441 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 442 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR

R 443 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR

R 444 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 445 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 446 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 447 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

413 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

702 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

703 KTA1268/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
704 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

705 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

706 KTA1023/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
707 KTC3200/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

708 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

709 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
710 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

711 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

712 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR
713 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

714 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

715 KRC109M-T D TRANSISTOR

(Main & System control board)

Remarks

Block No. 02

Item

A

R 448 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR

R 449 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR

R 450 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R 451 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR

R 452 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 453 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 454 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 455 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 456 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 464 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 465 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 466 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 467 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 468 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 469 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 470 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 471 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 472 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 473 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 474 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 475 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 476 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 477 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 478 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 479 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 480 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 488 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 489 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 490 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 491 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 492 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR

R 493 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 494 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 495 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 496 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 497 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 498 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 499 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 701 QRL022J-562 UNF OMF RESISTORA5.6K 5% 1/2W
R 704 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 705 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 706 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR
R 707 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 708 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR

R 709 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 710 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 711 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 712 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 713 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R 714 QRJ146J-103X UNF C RESISTORA10K 5% 1/4W

R 715 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R 716 QRJ146J-102X UNF C RESISTORA1.0K 5% 1/4W

R 717 QRJ146J-223X UNF C RESISTORA22K 5% 1/4W

R 718 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 719 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 720 QRJ146J-392X UNF C RESISTORA3.9K 5% 1/4W

R 721 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 722 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R 723 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR

R 724 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 725 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 726 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 727 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

10 1/0W

10 1/0W

Remarks

3-9

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 728 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 729 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R 730 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R 731 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R 732 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR

R 741 QRJ146J-120X UNF C RESISTORA12 5% 1/4W
R 742 QRJ146J-120X UNF C RESISTORA12 5% 1/4W

R 743 QRJ146J-120X UNF C RESISTORA12 5% 1/4W

R 745 QRJ146J-3R9X UNF C RESISTORA3.9 5% 1/4W
R 746 QRJ146J-3R9X UNF C RESISTORA3.9 5% 1/4W

R 747 QRJ146J-3R9X UNF C RESISTORA3.9 5% 1/4W

R 748 QRJ146J-3R9X UNF C RESISTORA3.9 5% 1/4W
R 749 QRJ146J-3R9X UNF C RESISTORA3.9 5% 1/4W

RY701 QSK0082-001 RELAY

A

RY741 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

RY742 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

RY743 QSK0109-001 RELAY

A

R1422 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1431 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R1432 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R1433 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
S 401 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH SURROUND

S 402 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DSP MODE

S 403 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH INPUT MODE
S 404 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DVD

S 405 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH STB

S 406 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH UP
S 407 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH LEFT

S 408 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH VOL.DOWN

S 409 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH ADJUST
S 410 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH SETTING

S 411 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH VCR

S 412 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TV
S 413 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH DOWN

S 414 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH RIGHT

S 415 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH VOL.UP
S 416 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH MEMORY

S 417 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH TAPE

S 418 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH FM/AM
S 421 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH POWER

S 422 QSW0683-001Z PUSH SWITCH AMP/SWITCH

ST741 QNB0082-001 SPK TERMINAL FRONT
ST742 QNB0016-001 SPK TERMINAL CNT/SR

X 401 QAX0246-001Z RESONATOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Main & System control board)

Block No. 02

Remarks

3-10

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

C 501 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 502 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 503 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 504 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 505 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 506 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 507 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 508 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 509 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 510 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 511 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 512 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 513 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 514 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 515 NCS31HJ-221X C CAPACITOR
C 516 NCS31HJ-221X C CAPACITOR

C 517 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C 518 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR
C 519 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 520 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 521 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 522 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V

C 523 QFLC1HJ-683Z M CAPACITOR .068MF 5% 50V

C 524 QFLC1HJ-683Z M CAPACITOR .068MF 5% 50V
C 525 QFLC1HJ-682Z M CAPACITOR 6800PF 5% 50V

C 526 QFLC1HJ-682Z M CAPACITOR 6800PF 5% 50V

C 527 QFLC1HJ-682Z M CAPACITOR 6800PF 5% 50V
C 528 QFLC1HJ-682Z M CAPACITOR 6800PF 5% 50V

C 529 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 530 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 531 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 50V

C 532 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 50V

C 533 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 50V
C 534 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR .10MF 5% 50V

C 535 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 536 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR
C 537 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 541 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 542 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 544 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 545 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 546 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 549 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 550 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 551 QFLC1HJ-562Z M CAPACITOR 5600PF 5% 50V
C 552 QFLC1HJ-562Z M CAPACITOR 5600PF 5% 50V

C 553 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V

C 554 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 555 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 556 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 557 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V
C 558 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V

C 559 QETN1EM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 25V

C 560 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 561 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V

C 562 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V

C 563 QCZ0205-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C 564 QCF31HZ-223Z C CAPACITOR .022MF +80:-20%

C 565 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V

C 566 QETN1EM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 25V
C 577 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C 578 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C 581 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V

Parts number Parts name Area

(Audio signal input board)

Remarks

Block No. 03

Item

A

C 591 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR

C 592 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR

C 601 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C 602 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V

C 603 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 604 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C 605 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C 606 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

CL501 QZW0038-001 WIRE CLAMP
CL502 QZW0038-001 WIRE CLAMP

CN205 QGD2501C1-04Z SOCKET

CN411 QGF1205C1-17 CONNECTOR
CN412 QGF1205F1-14 CONNECTOR

CN501 QGB2510J1-20 CONNECTOR

CN502 QGF1205C1-27 CONNECTOR
CN503 QGB2510J1-12 CONNECTOR

CN504 QGB2510J1-04 CONNECTOR

CN505 QJP001-031401 SHI CR C-B WIRE
CN506 QJP002-021401 SHI CR C-B WIRE

CN507 QJP001-031101 SHI CR C-B WIRE

CN508 QJQ007-031201 SKT WIRE ASSY
CN511 QGB2510K1-20 B TO B CONNE

CN512 QGF1205F1-27 CONNECTOR

CN601 QGB2510J1-20 CONNECTOR
C1505 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C1506 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C1507 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1508 NCS31HJ-470X C CAPACITOR

C1509 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V

C1510 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1515 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C1516 NCS31HJ-331X C CAPACITOR

C1517 NCS31HJ-470X C CAPACITOR
C1518 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V

C1519 NCS31HJ-470X C CAPACITOR

C1520 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V
C1521 NCS31HJ-470X C CAPACITOR

C1522 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C1523 NCS31HJ-470X C CAPACITOR
C1524 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V

C1528 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C1529 QCZ0205-155Z ML C CAPACITOR 1.5MF
C1536 QETN0JM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470MF 20% 6.3V

C1538 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C1539 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1540 NCS31HJ-470X C CAPACITOR

C1541 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C1542 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C1543 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

C1544 NCB31CK-223X C CAPACITOR

D 503 MTZJ7.5C-T2 Z DIODE
D 504 MTZJ7.5C-T2 Z DIODE

D 505 MTZJ15C-T2 Z DIODE

D 506 MTZJ15C-T2 Z DIODE
D 507 MTZJ5.6C-T2 Z DIODE

D 508 MTZJ5.6C-T2 Z DIODE

D 509 1SS355-X DIODE
D 511 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D 512 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D 513 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE
D 514 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D 515 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D 516 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-11

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

D 517 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D 518 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D 519 MTZJ10C-T2 Z DIODE
D 520 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D1501 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D1503 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE
D1504 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D1505 MTZJ13C-T2 Z DIODE

D1506 MTZJ8.2C-T2 Z DIODE
D1507 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D1508 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

EP501 E409182-001SM GRAND TERMINAL
EP502 QNZ0136-001Z EARTH PLATE

EP511 E409182-001SM GRAND TERMINAL

FL501 QQR0590-001 FILTER
FL502 QQR0590-001 FILTER

FW501 QUM132-06Z4Z4 PARA RIBON WIRE

HS512 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS513 E70306-001 HEAT SINK

HS514 E70306-001 HEAT SINK

HS515 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
HS520 E70306-001 HEAT SINK

HS521 E70306-001 HEAT SINK

HS526 E70306-001 HEAT SINK
IC501 M61501FP IC

IC503 BA15218F-XE IC

IC511 NJM2246M-X IC
IC512 NJM2246M-X IC

IC513 NJM2246M-X IC

IC514 NJM2293M-W IC
IC515 NJM2279M-W IC

IC516 NJM2267M-W IC

J 501 QNZ0502-001 RGB CONNECTOR DVD
J 502 QNZ0502-001 RGB CONNECTOR STB

J 503 QNN0163-001 PIN JACK

J 504 QNN0060-001 PIN JACK SUBWOOFER OUT
J1501 QNZ0502-001 RGB CONNECTOR VCR

J1502 QNZ0502-001 RGB CONNECTOR TV

K 501 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
K 502 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR

A
A
A
A
A
A

A

A
A

Parts number Parts name Area

501 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

502 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
503 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

505 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

506 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
507 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

508 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

509 DTA114YKA-X TRANSISTOR
510 KTA1271/OY/-T TRANSISTOR

511 KTC3203/OY/-T TRANSISTOR

512 KTA1046/Y/ TRANSISTOR
513 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

514 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

515 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
516 DTA114YKA-X TRANSISTOR

517 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR

518 KTC3203/OY/-T TRANSISTOR
519 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR

520 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

521 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR
522 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

523 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR

524 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

(Audio signal input board)

Remarks

Block No. 03

Item

A

A

R 501 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R 502 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R 503 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R 504 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 505 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R 506 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R 507 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R 508 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 509 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R 510 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R 511 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 513 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 514 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R 515 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R 516 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R 517 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R 518 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 519 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R 520 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 521 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R 522 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R 523 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 525 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R 526 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R 527 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R 528 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R 529 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 530 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 531 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 532 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 533 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 534 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 535 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 536 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 537 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 538 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 541 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W

R 542 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W

R 545 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 546 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 547 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 548 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

525 DTA114EKA-X D TRANSISTOR

526 2SD2395/EF/ TRANSISTOR

1501 DTC114TKA-X TRANSISTOR
1502 DTC114TKA-X TRANSISTOR

1503 DTC114TKA-X TRANSISTOR

1504 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
1505 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR

1506 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR

1514 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR
1515 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR

1520 DTC114EKA-X TRANSISTOR

1521 DTC114TKA-X TRANSISTOR
1522 DTC114TKA-X TRANSISTOR

1523 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

1524 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR
1525 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

1526 2SC3576-JVC-T TRANSISTOR

1527 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR
1528 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR

1531 DTA114YKA-X TRANSISTOR

1532 DTA114YKA-X TRANSISTOR

Remarks

3-12

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R 549 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 550 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 552 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 554 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR

R 556 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 557 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R 558 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 559 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 561 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 569 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 570 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 571 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 572 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 573 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 574 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 575 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 576 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 577 QRJ146J-220X UNF C RESISTORA22 5% 1/4W
R 578 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 579 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R 580 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR

A

R 581 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R 582 QRJ146J-222X UNF C RESISTORA2.2K 5% 1/4W

R 583 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R 584 QRJ146J-222X UNF C RESISTORA2.2K 5% 1/4W

R 585 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R 586 QRJ146J-182X UNF C RESISTORA1.8K 5% 1/4W
R 588 QRJ146J-182X UNF C RESISTORA1.8K 5% 1/4W

R 589 QRZ9005-120X F RESISTOR

A

R 590 QRJ146J-682X UNF C RESISTORA6.8K 5% 1/4W
R 591 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R 592 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R 593 QRJ146J-272X UNF C RESISTORA2.7K 5% 1/4W
R 594 QRZ9006-5R6X F RESISTOR

A

R 595 QRZ9005-100X F RESISTOR

A

R 596 QRJ146J-102X UNF C RESISTORA1.0K 5% 1/4W
R 597 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R 598 QRJ146J-182X UNF C RESISTORA1.8K 5% 1/4W

R 599 QRZ9006-4R7X F RESISTOR

A

R 602 QRK126J-120X UNF C RESISTORA12 5% 1/2W

R 603 QRK126J-3R9X C RESISTOR

A

R1501 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R1502 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR

R1503 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R1504 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R1505 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1506 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R1507 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R1508 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1509 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1510 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R1511 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR

R1512 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR

R1513 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R1514 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R1515 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1516 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R1517 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1518 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R1519 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R1520 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R1521 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1522 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Audio signal input board)

68 1/0W

68 1/0W
10 1/0W

10 1/0W

10 1/0W

12 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

5.6 1/0W

10 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

4.7 1/0W

3.9 5% 1/2W

Remarks

Block No. 03

Item

A

R1523 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R1524 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1525 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R1529 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR

R1530 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR

R1531 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR
R1547 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R1548 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R1549 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1556 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W

R1558 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR

R1560 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R1561 NRSA63J-751X MG RESISTOR

R1562 NRSA63J-751X MG RESISTOR

R1563 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R1564 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R1565 NRSA63J-751X MG RESISTOR

R1566 NRSA63J-751X MG RESISTOR
R1567 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R1568 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R1569 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R1570 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR

R1571 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R1572 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R1573 NRSA63J-511X MG RESISTOR

R1574 NRSA63J-511X MG RESISTOR

R1575 QRZ9005-101X F RESISTOR

A

R1576 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R1577 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R1578 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R1579 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R1601 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1602 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1603 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1604 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1605 NRSA63J-301X MG RESISTOR
R1606 NRSA63J-301X MG RESISTOR

R1611 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1612 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1613 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1614 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1615 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1616 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1617 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1618 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R1619 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1620 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R1621 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R1623 QRE141J-820Y C RESISTOR 82 5% 1/4W

R1624 QRE141J-820Y C RESISTOR 82 5% 1/4W

R1625 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W
R1626 QRJ146J-2R2X UNF C RESISTORA2.2 5% 1/4W

R1631 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS

R1632 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS
R1633 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS

R1634 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

100 1/0W

3-13

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

C 601 NCB31HK-221X C CAPACITOR

C 602 NCB31HK-221X C CAPACITOR

C 603 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 604 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 605 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C 606 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 607 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

C 608 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C 609 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 610 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 611 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 612 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 621 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C 622 NCS31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR

C 624 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 626 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR

C 628 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 631 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 632 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 633 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C 634 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C 635 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C 636 NCB31CK-473X C CAPACITOR

C 638 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 639 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 641 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 642 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 643 NCB31AK-474X C CAPACITOR

C 644 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 645 NCS31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C 646 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 647 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR

C 648 NCS31HJ-180X C CAPACITOR
C 649 NCS31HJ-121X C CAPACITOR

C 653 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR

C 654 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 661 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 671 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 672 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V
C 673 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 677 NCS31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR

C 679 NCS31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C 681 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 682 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 683 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 684 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 685 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V

C 686 QETN1CM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47MF 20% 16V
C 687 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 688 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 689 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 690 QETN0JM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 6.3V

C 693 NCB31CK-103X C CAPACITOR

C 694 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR
CN681 QGB2510K1-20 B TO B CONNE

C2500 QETN1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V

C2503 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2504 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C2507 NCS31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR

C2508 NCS31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR
C2512 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2513 NCB31HK-122X C CAPACITOR

C2514 NCB31HK-122X C CAPACITOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(DSP board)

Remarks

Block No. 04

Item

A

C2515 NCS31HJ-121X C CAPACITOR

C2516 NCS31HJ-121X C CAPACITOR

C2517 NCS31HJ-391X C CAPACITOR
C2518 NCS31HJ-391X C CAPACITOR

C2525 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR

C2526 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C2527 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V

C2528 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V

C2531 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2532 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR

C2533 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

C2534 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2539 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2540 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2551 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR
C2552 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR

C2555 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2556 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2561 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C2562 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C2563 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR
C2564 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR

C2569 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2570 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2575 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR

C2576 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR

C2577 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2578 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V

C2581 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C2582 QETN1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C2583 NCS31HJ-220X C CAPACITOR

C2584 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR

C2585 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR
C2586 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2587 NCS31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR

C2588 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V
C2589 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2590 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2592 NCB31HK-223X C CAPACITOR
C2594 NCF31CZ-104X C CAPACITOR

C2595 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR

C2597 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 50V
C2598 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7MF 20% 50V

D 607 1SS355-X DIODE

D 608 1SS355-X DIODE
IC601 AK4527BVQ IC

IC609 BA15218F-XE IC

IC610 BA15218F-XE IC
IC611 BU4066BCF-X IC

IC621 TC7SU04FU-X IC

IC622 TC7SU04FU-X IC
IC631 TC9446F-014 IC

IC641 W24L010AJ-12-X IC

IC650 BA15218F-XE IC
IC651 BA15218F-XE IC

IC652 IMX9-W TRANSISTOR

IC661 BA15218F-XE IC
IC662 IMX9-W TRANSISTOR

IC671 UPD784215AGC103 IC

IC672 TC7SET32FU-X IC
IC681 PQ3DZ53-X IC

IC682 IMX9-W TRANSISTOR

IC683 RN5RZ33BA-X IC

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-14

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

IC690 BA15218F-XE IC

IC691 BA15218F-XE IC

J 601 QNN0347-001 PIN JACK
K 601 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS

K 603 NQR0269-004X FERRITE BEADS

K 681 NQR0319-001X F BEADS
K 682 NQR0319-001X F BEADS

K 687 NQR0319-001X F BEADS

K 688 NQR0319-001X F BEADS
LC631 NQR0321-001X EMI FILTER

R 600 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 601 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 602 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 603 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR
R 606 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 607 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 608 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 609 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 611 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 612 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 613 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR

R 615 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR

R 617 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 618 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 621 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 622 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R 623 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR

R 627 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 628 NRSA63J-183X MG RESISTOR
R 632 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR

R 633 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 639 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 640 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR

R 641 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 642 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 643 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR

R 644 NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR

R 645 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 646 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 647 NRSA63J-225X MG RESISTOR

R 648 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R 657 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 661 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 662 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 663 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 664 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 669 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 670 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 671 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 672 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR
R 673 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR

R 674 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR

R 675 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR
R 676 NRSA63J-432X MG RESISTOR

R 677 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR

R 678 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

601 DTC114YE-X TRANSISTOR

607 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR
670 DTC114YE-X TRANSISTOR

671 2SD2114K/VW/-X CHIP TRANSISTOR

672 DTC114YE-X TRANSISTOR
673 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR

2501 DTA144EKA-X TRANSISTOR

(DSP board)

Remarks

Block No. 04

Item

A

R 679 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR

R 680 NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR

R 681 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 682 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 683 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR

R 684 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 685 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 686 NRSA63J-151X MG RESISTOR

R 688 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R 691 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 692 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 693 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R 694 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 695 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 696 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R2500 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R2501 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2502 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2507 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R2508 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R2509 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2510 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R2511 NRSA63J-912X MG RESISTOR

R2512 NRSA63J-912X MG RESISTOR
R2513 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2514 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2515 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2516 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2517 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2518 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2519 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R2520 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R2521 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R2522 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR

R2525 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR

R2526 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R2527 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2528 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2529 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2530 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2531 NRSA63J-912X MG RESISTOR

R2532 NRSA63J-912X MG RESISTOR
R2533 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2534 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2535 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2536 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2537 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2538 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2550 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR

R2551 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2552 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2553 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR

R2554 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR

R2555 NRSA63J-752X MG RESISTOR
R2556 NRSA63J-752X MG RESISTOR

R2557 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2558 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R2560 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR

R2561 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2562 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2563 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2564 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2565 NRSA63J-302X MG RESISTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

Remarks

3-15

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Electrical parts list

Item

A

R2566 NRSA63J-302X MG RESISTOR

R2567 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2568 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2575 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R2576 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R2577 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2578 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2581 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2582 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R2583 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2584 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR

R2585 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR
R2586 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR

R2587 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR

R2588 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R2589 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2590 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR

R2592 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR
R2594 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR

R2595 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR

R2596 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R2597 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

R2598 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR

UN661 GP1FA550RZ OPT RECEIVER
X 631 NAX0385-001X CRYSTAL

X 671 NAX0275-001X 1COSCIALLATOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(DSP board)

Block No. 04

Remarks

3-16

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Electrical parts list

Item

A

AT101 QNB0014-001 ANT TERMINAL

BK 1 LV31618-001A SHIELD BKT

C 101 NCB21HK-103X C CAPACITOR
C 103 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 105 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 107 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V
C 111 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR

C 112 NDC21HJ-120X C CAPACITOR

C 113 QCSB1HJ-120Y C CAPACITOR 12PF 5% 50V
C 121 NDC21HJ-120X C CAPACITOR

C 122 NDC21HJ-120X C CAPACITOR

C 123 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 126 NCS21HJ-101X C CAPACITOR

C 128 QENC1HM-474Z NP E CAPACITOR .47MF 20% 50V

C 129 NCB21HK-102X C CAPACITOR
C 130 QEKC1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 10V

C 133 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V

C 134 NCB21HK-222X C CAPACITOR
C 135 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 136 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C 137 NCS21HJ-680X C CAPACITOR
C 139 NCB21HK-393X C CAPACITOR

C 140 NCB21HK-393X C CAPACITOR

C 141 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 143 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 144 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR

C 146 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 147 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V

C 148 QEKC1HM-224Z E CAPACITOR .22MF 20% 50V

C 149 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 150 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V

C 156 QDGB1HK-102Y C CAPACITOR

C 157 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR
C 158 QEKC1CM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22MF 20% 16V

C 161 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V

C 162 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C 163 NCB21HK-223X C CAPACITOR

C 164 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR

C 168 QEKC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1.0MF 20% 50V
C 184 QEKC1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100MF 20% 16V

C 185 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V

C 186 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V
C 191 NCS21HJ-820X C CAPACITOR

C 192 NCS21HJ-470X C CAPACITOR

C 193 NCB21HK-561X C CAPACITOR
C 194 NCB21HK-104X C CAPACITOR

C 195 NCB21HK-331X C CAPACITOR

C 196 QEKC1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2MF 20% 50V
C 197 NCB21HK-473X C CAPACITOR

C 199 QEKC1CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10MF 20% 16V

CF101 QAX0285-001Z C FILTER
CF102 QAX0285-001Z C FILTER

CF103 QAX0519-001Z C FILTER

CN111 QGB2501K2-12 CONECTOR
CN112 QGB2501K1-04 CONNECTOR

D 121 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 123 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE
D 129 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

D 131 1SS133-T2 SI DIODE

IC102 LA1838 IC
IC121 LC72136N IC

IC191 SAA6588 IC(RDS)

L 112 QQL231K-2R7Y INDUCTOR

Parts number Parts name Area

(Tuner board)

Remarks

Block No. 05

Item

A

R 103 NRSA02J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 104 NRSA02J-272X MG RESISTOR

R 105 NRSA02J-391X MG RESISTOR
R 106 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 107 NRSA02J-561X MG RESISTOR

R 108 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 109 NRSA02J-221X MG RESISTOR

R 111 NRSA02J-182X MG RESISTOR

R 112 QRE141J-182Y C RESISTOR 1.8K 5% 1/4W
R 114 NRSA02J-272X MG RESISTOR

R 115 NRSA02J-104X MG RESISTOR

R 119 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 122 NRSA02J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 124 NRSA02J-222X MG RESISTOR

R 126 NRSA02J-562X MG RESISTOR
R 127 NRSA02J-822X MG RESISTOR

R 128 NRSA02J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 129 NRSA02J-222X MG RESISTOR
R 130 QRZ9005-680X F RESISTOR 68 1/0W

R 132 NRSA02J-393X MG RESISTOR

R 133 NRSA02J-392X MG RESISTOR
R 134 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 140 NRSA02J-473X MG RESISTOR

R 141 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 142 NRSA02J-470X MG RESISTOR

R 143 NRSA02J-562X MG RESISTOR

R 144 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 145 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 146 NRSA02J-472X MG RESISTOR

R 147 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 150 NRSA02J-331X MG RESISTOR

R 157 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR

R 158 NRSA02J-332X MG RESISTOR
R 161 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 162 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR

R 182 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
R 183 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 184 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 191 NRSA02J-102X MG RESISTOR
R 192 NRSA02J-474X MG RESISTOR

R 193 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR

R 194 NRSA02J-103X MG RESISTOR
RF101 QAU0119-001 FRONT END FOR FTZ

T 111 QQR0871-001 COIL BLOCK

T 142 QQR0973-001 IFT
X 121 QAX0402-001 CRYSTAL

X 191 QAX0263-001Z CRYSTAL

Parts number Parts name Area

102 2SC535/BC/-T TRANSISTOR

103 2SC461/BC/-T TRANSISTOR

111 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR
112 KTC3199/GL/-T TRANSISTOR

113 DTA114YKA-X TRANSISTOR

121 KRA103M-T TRANSISTOR

Remarks

3-17

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

Packing materials and accessories parts list

Block No.
Block No.

M
M

2

M

M

3

M

M

Ver.E/EN

P7

P2

1/2

P1

A1

P5

P3

1/2

P6

A2 A8

P3

2/2

P7

P2

2/2

Ver.B

P2

1/2

P1

A1

P5

P3

1/2

P6

A2 A8

P4

P3

2/2

P2

2/2

3-18

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

M2MM

)

)

M3MM

B, EN

E, EN
E, EN

E, EN

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

P 1 LV20978-006A CARTON BOX 1 RX-E100RSL

P 2 LV20963-001A CUSHION(FRONT
P 3 LV20964-001A CUSHION(REAR
P 4 LV32804-001A PACKING SHEET B1
P 5 QPC06507015P POLY BAG 1 FOR SET
P 6 QPA02503505P POLY BAG 1 FOR INST
P 7 LV32034-005A SHEET 2

Parts list

Item Parts number Parts name Area

A

A 1 RM-SRXE100R REMOCON 1
A 2 ----------- BATTERY 2
A 3 LVT0650-003A INST BOOK B1 ENG

A 4 EWP503-001C ANT.WIRE 1
A 5 QAL0204-001 AM LOOP ANT 1
A 6 E43486-340A BS=SAFETY INST B1
A 7 VNA3000-204 REGIST.CARD B1
A 8 BT-54013-1 WARRANTY CARD E1

(Packing)

Q'ty Description

LV20978-007A CARTON BOX 1 RX-E100RSB
LV20978-001A CARTON BOX B1 RX-E100RSL

1
1

(Accessories)

Q'ty Description

LVT0650-005A INST BOOK EN1 SWE, FIN, DAN, GER
LVT0650-005A INST BOOK EN1 FRE, SPA, ITA
LVT0650-004A INST BOOK E1 GER, FRE, DUT

BT-54008-2 WARRANTY CARD 1

Block No.

Block No.

3-19

RX-E100RSL/RX-E100RSB

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

AUDIO & COMMUNICATION BUSINESS DIVISION
PERSONAL & MOBILE NETWORK BUSINESS UNIT. 10-1,1chome,Ohwatari-machi,Maebashi-city,371-8543,Japan

(No.20951)

Printed in Japan
200105(V)

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100RSL

AUDIO

DVD

VCR

TVSTB

SLEEP TV DIRECT

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

TAPE

FM

AM

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

123

BASS– REAR-L

TEST

456

BASS BOOST

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

EFFECT

TREBLE–

SUBWOOFER

+10

10

0

RETURN FM MODE

100+

EON SELECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

MODE

TV/VIDEO

EON

PTY( PTY9

ENTER

DSP

PTY SEARCH

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

VCR

CONTROL

/REW

PLAY

TUNING

DOWN UP

REC

STOP PAUSE

RM-SRXE100R

REMOTE CONTROL

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

SURROUND

FF/

RDS
DVD

MENU

ON/OFF

MUTING

STANDBY/ON

STANDBY

TV DIRECT

CONTROL

ADJUST

SETTING

DIGITAL

DIGITAL

SURROUND

MEMORY

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

LCR

SLEEP STTUNED MUTING

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFRLFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

INPUT ATT

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

AUTO

Z

MH
KH

Z

VOL

SURROUND

DSP

INPUT

ON/OFF

MODE

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

FM/AM

MASTER VOLUME

INSTRUCTIONS

For Customer Use:

Enter below the Model No. and Serial
No. which are located either on the rear,
bottom or side of the cabinet. Retain this
information for future reference.

Model No.
Serial No.

LVT0650-003A

[B]

Warnings, Cautions and Others

IMPORTANT for the U.K.
DO NOT cut off the mains plug from this equipment. If the plug

fitted is not suitable for the power points in your home or the
cable is too short to reach a power point, then obtain an
appropriate safety approved extension lead or consult your
dealer.

BE SURE to replace the fuse only with an identical approved
type, as originally fitted.

If nonetheless the mains plug is cut off ensure to remove the
fuse and dispose of the plug immediately, to avoid a possible
shock hazard by inadvertent connection to the mains supply.

If this product is not supplied fitted with a mains plug then follow
the instructions given below:

IMPORTANT.
DO NOT make any connection to the terminal which is marked

with the letter E or by the safety earth symbol or coloured green
or green-and-yellow.

The wires in the mains lead on this product are coloured in
accordance with the following code:

Blue : Neutral
Brown : Live

As these colours may not correspond with the coloured
markings identifying the terminals in your plug proceed as
follows:

The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured black.

The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red.

IF IN DOUBT - CONSULT A COMPETENT ELECTRICIAN.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:

1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.

2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.

Caution –– switch!

Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely.
The switch in any position does not disconnect the mains
line. The power can be remote controlled.

CAUTION

• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a
newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get
out.)

• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lighted
candles, on the apparatus.

• When discarding batteries, environmental problems must
be considered and local rules or laws governing the
disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly.

• Do not use this apparatus in a bathroom or places with
water. Also do not place any containers filled with water or
liquids (such as cosmetics or medicines, flower vases,
potted plants, cups, etc.) on top of this apparatus.

G-1

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

“SOME DOS AND DON’TS ON THE SAFE USE OF EQUIPMENT”

This equipment has been designed and manufactured to meet international safety standards but, like any electrical equipment, care must be
taken if you are to obtain the best results and safety is to be assured.

Do read the operating instructions before you attempt to use the equipment.
Do ensure that all electrical connections (including the mains plug, extension leads and interconnections between pieces of equipment) are

properly made and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Switch off and withdraw the mains plug when making or changing
connections.

Do consult your dealer if you are ever in doubt about the installation, operation or safety of your equipment.
Do be careful with glass panels or doors on equipment.

DON’T continue to operate the equipment if you are in any doubt about it working normally , or if it is damaged in any way–switch off, withdraw
the mains plug and consult your dealer.

DON’T remove any fixed cover as this may expose dangerous voltages.
DON’T leave equipment switched on when it is unattended unless it is specifically stated that it is designed for unattended operation or has

a standby mode.
Switch off using the switch on the equipment and make sure that your family know how to do this.

Special arrangements may need to be made for infirm or handicapped people.
DON’T use equipment such as personal stereos or radios so that you are distracted from the requirements of traffic safety . It is illegal to watch

television whilst driving.
DON’T listen to headphones at high volume as such use can permanently damage your hearing.
DON’T obstruct the ventilation of the equipment, for example with curtains or soft furnishings.
Overheating will cause damage and shorten the life of the equipment.
DON’T use makeshift stands and NEVER fix legs with wood screws — to ensure complete safety always fit the manufacturer’s approved

stand or legs with the fixings provided according to the instructions.
DON’T allow electrical equipment to be exposed to rain or moisture.
ABOVE ALL

— NEVER let anyone, especially children, push anything into holes, slots or any other opening in the case -this could result in a fatal

electrical shock.;

— NEVER guess or take chances with electrical equipment of any kind — it is better to be safe than sorry!

Caution: Proper Ventilation

To avoid risk of electric shock and fire and to protect from damage.
Locate the apparatus as follows:
Front: No obstructions open spacing.
Sides: No obstructions in 10 cm from the sides.
Top: No obstructions in 10 cm from the top.
Back: No obstructions in 15 cm from the back
Bottom: No obstructions, place on the level surface.
In addition, maintain the best possible air circulation as illustrated.

Wall or obstructions

Spacing 15 cm or more

RX-E100RSL

Front

Stand height 15 cm or more

Floor

G-2

Table of Contents

Parts Identification ...................................... 2

Getting Started........................................... 3

Before Installation ...................................................................... 3

Checking the Supplied Accessories ...........................................3

Putting Batteries in the Remote Control .................................... 3

Connecting the FM and AM (MW/LW) Antennas ..................... 4

Connecting the Speakers ............................................................ 5

Connecting Audio/Video Components....................................... 7

Connecting the Power Cord ....................................................... 9

Basic Operations ....................................... 10

1 Turn On the Power............................................................... 10

2 Select the Source to Play ..................................................... 10

3 Adjust the Volume................................................................ 10

Activating TV Direct................................................................ 11

Turning Off the Sounds Temporarily ....................................... 12

Turning Off the Power with the Timer ..................................... 12

Changing the Display Brightness............................................. 12

Basic Settings........................................... 13

Setting the Digital Input Terminals .......................................... 13

Selecting the Analogue or Digital Input Mode ........................ 13

Setting the Subwoofer Information .......................................... 15

Setting the Speakers for DSP Modes ....................................... 15

Setting Auto Surround .............................................................. 18

Setting TV Direct Mode........................................................... 19

Sound Adjustments.................................... 20

Attenuating the Input Signal .................................................... 20

Adjusting the Front Speaker Output Balance........................... 20

Reinforcing the Bass ................................................................ 21

Adjusting the Tone ................................................................... 21

Adjusting the Subwoofer Output Level.................................... 22

Tuner Operations....................................... 23

Tuning in Stations Manually .................................................... 23

Using Preset Tuning ................................................................. 24

Selecting the FM Reception Mode........................................... 25

Using the RDS (Radio Data System) to Receive FM Stations ...........

Searching for a Program by PTY Codes .................................. 27

Switching to a Broadcast Program of

Your Choice Temporarily ................................................... 29

26

Creating Realistic Sound Fields ................... 30

About Relations between Speaker Layout and DSP Modes....... 32

Using Surround Modes (Remote Control) ............................... 33

Using Theatre Surround (Remote Control).............................. 35

Using DAP Modes (Remote Control) ...................................... 36

Using Surround Modes (Front Panel) ...................................... 37

Using Theatre Surround (Front Panel) ..................................... 38

Using DAP Modes (Front Panel) ............................................. 39

Mastering Remote Operations .................... 40

Troubleshooting......................................... 45

Specifications............................................ 46

Table of Contents

Remote

ONLY

Remote

NOT

This mark indicates that the remote control CAN
ONLY be used for the operation explained.

This mark indicates that only the remote control
CANNOT be used for the operation explained.

1

Parts Identification

Front Panel

1

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

1

2

3

4
5
6
7

8

9
p

q

w
e

r

2

TV DIRECT

CONTROL

ADJUST

SETTING

DIGITAL

DIGITAL

SURROUND

5

6 7

Remote Control

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP
MODE

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

RM-SRXE100R

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

8

VCR

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

123

BASS– REAR•L

456

TREBLE+ REAR•R

789

TREBLE–

10

0

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

PTY SEARCH

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

VCR

CONTROL

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

REMOTE CONTROL

3

RX-E100R

MEMORY

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

STB

DVD

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE F

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTLAUTO

Ls S RR

INPUT ATT

TV

VCR

TAPE

9 p q

See pages in the parentheses for details.

Front Panel

1 STANDBY/ON button and STANDBY lamp (10)
2 TV DIRECT button (11)
3 Display

AUDIO

SUBWOOFER

SURROUND

ON/OFF

MUTING

FF/

+10

100+

TVSTB

AM

MENU

t
y

u

RDS

DVD

i

o

;

a

4 Source indicators
5 Remote sensor
6 SETTING button (13, 15, 17 – 19)
7 ADJUST button (20 – 22, 37 – 39)
8 CONTROL buttons (13 – 25, 37 – 39)

5 / ∞ / 2 / 3

9 MEMORY button (24)
p Source selecting buttons (10, 11, 14, 23, 25)

DVD, STB, VCR, TV, TAPE, FM/AM

q INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL button (14)

INPUT ATT button (20)

w SURROUND ON/OFF button (32, 37)
e DSP MODE button (32, 38, 39)
r MASTER VOLUME / buttons (10)

Remote Control

1 POWER buttons (10, 40, 42, 43)

AUDIO , , DVD , STB , VCR , TV

2 SLEEP button (12, 40)
3 ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT button (14, 40)
4 SOUND button (21, 34 – 36, 40)
5 TEST button (33 – 35, 40)
6 BASS BOOST button (21, 40)
7 EFFECT button (35, 36, 40)
8 RDS/DVD MENU mode selector (26 – 28, 41, 42)
9 DSP MODE button (32, 35, 36, 40)
p CHANNEL +/– buttons (41 – 43)
q TV VOL +/– buttons (41, 43)
w DIMMER button (12, 40)
e TV/VIDEO button (41, 43)
r Operating buttons for audio/video components (23, 41 – 43)
t TV DIRECT button (11, 40)
y Source selecting buttons (10, 11, 14, 23, 25, 40, 42, 43)

DVD, STB, VCR, TV, TAPE, FM, AM

u • 10 keys for selecting preset channels (25, 41 – 43)

• 10 keys for adjusting sound (34 – 36, 41)

• 10 keys for operating audio/video components (41 – 43)

i RDS/DVD MENU selector (26 – 28, 41, 42)
o SURROUND ON/OFF button (32, 33, 38, 40)
; VOLUME +/– buttons (10, 40)
a MUTING button (12, 40)

4

FM/AM

AUTO

MH

Z

KHZ
VOL

M/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

DSP

ON/OFF

MODE

MASTER VOLUME

w

e r

2

Getting Started

Before Installation

General Precautions

• DO NOT insert any metal object into the unit.

• DO NOT disassemble the unit or remove screws, covers, or
cabinet.

• DO NOT expose the unit to rain or moisture.

Locations

• Install the unit in a location that is level and protected from
moisture.

• The temperature around the unit must be between 23˚F and 95˚F
(–5˚C and 35˚C).

• Make sure there is good ventilation around the unit. Poor
ventilation could cause overheating and damage the unit.

Handling the unit

• DO NOT touch the power cord with wet hands.

• DO NOT pull on the power cord to unplug the cord. When
unplugging the cord, always grasp the plug so as not to damage
the cord.

• Keep the power cord away from the connecting cords and the
antenna. The power cord may cause noise or screen interference. It
is recommended to use a coaxial cable for antenna connection,
since it is well-shielded against interference.

• When a power failure occurs, or when you unplug the power cord,
the preset settings such as preset FM/AM (MW/LW) channels and
sound adjustments may be erased in a few days.

Putting Batteries in the Remote Control

Before using the remote control, put two supplied batteries first.

• When using the remote control, aim the remote control directly at
the remote sensor on the unit.

1. On the back of the remote control, remove the

battery cover.

2. Insert batteries. Make sure to match the polarity:

(+) to (+) and (–) to (–).

Getting Started

Checking the Supplied Accessories

Check to be sure you have all of the following supplied accessories.
The number in the parentheses indicates the quantity of the pieces
supplied.

• Remote Control (1)

• Batteries (2)

• AM (MW/LW) Loop Antenna (1)

• FM Antenna (1)

If anything is missing, contact your dealer immediately.

3. Replace the cover.

If the range or effectiveness of the remote control decreases, replace
the batteries. Use two R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F) type dry-cell batteries.

CAUTION:

Follow these precautions to avoid leaking or cracking cells:

• Place batteries in the remote control so they match the polarity: (+)

to (+) and (–) to (–).

• Use the correct type of batteries. Batteries that look similar may

differ in voltage.

• Always replace both batteries at the same time.

• Do not expose batteries to heat or flame.

3

Getting Started

Connecting the FM and AM (MW/LW) Antennas

If AM (MW/LW) reception is poor, connect single vinyl-covered wire (not supplied).

AM (MW/LW) Loop
Antenna (supplied)

B

FM 75

COAXIAL

If FM reception is poor, connect
outdoor FM antenna (not supplied).

Snap the tabs on the loop into
the slots of the base to
assemble the AM (MW/LW)
loop antenna.

1

2

3

AM

EXT

AM LOOP

ANTENNA

AM LOOP

ANTENNA

AM

AUDIO

EXT

OUT
(REC)

TAPE

FM 75

COAXIAL

FM Antenna (supplied)

FM 75

COAXIAL

FRONT SPEAKERS

+

DIGITAL 1

DIGITAL IN

(DVD)

REAR SPEAKERS

RIGHT LEFT

+

CENTER

DIGITAL 2

(STB)

SPEAKER

–

OUT

SUBWOOFER

+

–

TV

AV IN/OUT

VCR

FM 75

COAXIAL

DVD

IN

(PLAY)

STB

AV IN

CAUTION :

RIGHT LEFT

SPEAKER
IMPEDANCE

816

–

+

–

4

Connecting the Speakers

SUBWOOFER

OUT

INPUT

HIGH IMPEDANCE

Getting Started

AM (MW/LW) antenna connection

Connect the AM (MW/LW) loop antenna supplied to the AM
LOOP terminals.
Turn the loop until you have the best reception.

• If reception is poor, connect an outdoor single vinyl-covered
wire to the AM EXT terminal. Keep the AM (MW/LW) loop
antenna connected.

FM antenna connection

Connect the FM antenna supplied to the FM 75 Ω COAXIAL
terminal as temporary measure.
Extend the supplied FM antenna horizontally.

• If reception is poor, connect an outdoor antenna. Before
attaching a 75 Ω coaxial cable (with a standard type
connector), disconnect the supplied FM antenna.

Notes:

• If the AM (MW/LW) loop antenna wire is covered
with vinyl, remove the vinyl while twisting it as
shown to the right.

• Make sure the antenna conductors do not touch any
other terminals, connecting cords and power cord.
This could cause poor reception.

After connecting the front, center, rear speakers and/or a subwoofer,
set the speaker setting information properly to obtain the best
possible DSP effect. For details, see page 15.

CAUTION:

Use speakers with the SPEAKER IMPEDANCE indicated by the
speaker terminals.

Connecting the front, center, and rear speakers

1

For each speaker, connect the (+) and (–) terminals on the rear panel
to the (+) and (–) terminals marked on the speakers respectively.

2

3

1 Cut, twist and remove the insulation at the end of

each speaker cord (not supplied).

2 Open the terminal, then insert the speaker cord.
3 Close the terminal.

Connecting the subwoofer speaker

By connecting a subwoofer, you can enhance the bass or reproduce
the original LFE signals recorded in the digital software.

Powered subwoofer
(example)

Connect the input jack of a powered subwoofer to the
SUBWOOFER OUT jack on the rear panel, using a cable with RCA
pin plugs (not supplied).

• Refer also to the manual supplied for your subwoofer.

Since bass sound is non-directional, you can place a
subwoofer wherever you like. Normally place it in front of
you.

5

Getting Started

Speaker Layout Diagram

Center speaker

Left front

speaker

Left rear

speaker

RX-E100R

Subwoofer

STANDBY

STANDBY ON

DOLBY

D I G I T A L

STANDBY

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

TV DILECT

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

AUTO

SLEEP STTUNED MUTING

LCR

CONTROL

DSP

LPCM

MH

Z

SUBWFRLFE

DGTL AUTO

KHZ

DOLBY D

SURROUND

DSP

LSS RS

INPUT

VOL

INPUT ATT

DTS

ON/OFF

MEMORY

ADJUST

SETTING

DIGITAL

DVD
DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

DIGITAL

SURROUND

MODE

ANALOG/DIGITAL

MASTER VOLUME

INPUT ATT

FM/AM

speaker

Right rear

speaker

Right front

6

FRONT SPEAKERS

+

–

CAUTION :
SPEAKER
IMPEDANCE

816

To left front speaker

To left rear speaker

RIGHT LEFT

REAR SPEAKERS

FRONT SPEAKERS

+

DIGITAL 1

DIGITAL IN

REAR SPEAKERS

RIGHT LEFT

CENTER

DIGITAL 2

(STB)

SPEAKER

+

TV

AV IN/OUT

AM LOOP

AM
EXT

VCR

FM 75

COAXIAL

ANTENNA

AUDIO

IN

(PLAY)
OUT
(REC)

TAPE

AV IN

DVD

–

OUT

SUBWOOFER

STB

CAUTION :

RIGHT LEFT

(DVD)

SPEAKER
IMPEDANCE

816

–

+

+

–

–

To subwoofer

OUT

SUBWOOFER

To center speaker

CENTER

SPEAKER

+

–

RIGHT LEFT

+

+

–

–

To right front speaker

To right rear speaker

Connecting Audio/Video Components

Turn the power off to all components before connections.

Connecting cords are not supplied with this unit. Use the cords supplied for the other components or purchase them at an audio
or electric appliance store.

Coaxial digital cord Audio cord

A

C

Getting Started

Optical digital cord

B

Digital connections

DIGITAL IN

DIGITAL 2

(STB)

Before connecting an
optical digital cord,
unplug the protective
plug.

RX-E100R

Analogue
connections

AUDIO

LEFT

RIGHT

OUT

IN

(REC)

(PLAY)

TAPE

DIGITAL 1

(DVD)

SCART cable

D

DOLBY

D I G I T A L

DVD Player

STB

A

B

COAXIAL

DIGITAL OUT

OPTICAL

DIGITAL OUT

STANDBY

STANDBY ON

Illustrations of the input/output terminals
are typical examples.
When you connect other components, refer
also to their manuals since the terminal
names actually printed on the rear vary
among the components.

• When shipped from the factory, the DIGITAL
IN terminals have been set for use with the

FRONT SPEAKERS

+

DIGITAL 1

DIGITAL IN

REAR SPEAKERS

RIGHT LEFT

CENTER

DIGITAL 2

(STB)

SPEAKER

+

TV

AV IN/OUT

AM LOOP

AM
EXT

VCR

FM 75

COAXIAL

ANTENNA

AUDIO

IN

(PLAY)
OUT
(REC)

TAPE

AV IN

DVD

–

OUT

SUBWOOFER

STB

CAUTION :

RIGHT LEFT

(DVD)

SPEAKER
IMPEDANCE

816

–

+

+

–

–

following components.
– DIGITAL 1 (coaxial): For DVD player
– DIGITAL 2 (optical): For STB
If you connect other components, change the
digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminal setting
correctly. See “Setting the Digital Input
Terminals” on page 13.

• Select the digital input mode correctly.
See “Selecting the Analogue or Digital Input
Mode” on page 13.

If you connect a sound-enhancing device such
as a graphic equalizer between the source
components and this unit, the sound output
through this unit may be distorted.

C

AUDIO

LEFT

Cassette Deck

RIGHT

OUT IN

TO BE CONTINUED TO THE NEXT PAGE

7

Getting Started

Turn the power off to all components before connections.

RX-E100R

AV IN/OUT

AM LOOP

AM
EXT

VCR

FM 75

COAXIAL

ANTENNA

AUDIO

DVD

IN

(PLAY)
OUT
(REC)

TAPE

STB

AV IN

Illustrations of the input/output terminals below are typical
examples.
When you connect other components, refer also to their
manuals since the terminal names actually printed on the rear
vary among the components.

D

FRONT SPEAKERS

+

DIGITAL 1

DIGITAL IN

REAR SPEAKERS

RIGHT LEFT

CENTER

DIGITAL 2

(STB)

SPEAKER

+

TV

–

OUT

SUBWOOFER

CAUTION :

RIGHT LEFT

(DVD)

SPEAKER
IMPEDANCE

816

–

+

+

–

–

AV IN/OUT

VCR

AV IN

TV

STBDVD

8

SCART Terminal Specifications

AUDIO L/R VVVV

IN

VIDEO S-VIDEO − VVV

AUDIO L/R V*1 V*1

OUT

VIDEO S-VIDEO V*2 −

T-V LINK V*3 V*3

Composite

RGB − VVV

Composite

RGB V*2 −

TV VCR STB DVD

VVVV

V*1*2 V*1*2

*1 The signals input from a SCART terminal cannot be output

through the same SCART terminal.

*2 The video format of the output video signals are consistent

with that of the input video signals. For example, if S-VIDEO
signals are input to this unit, no signals other than S-VIDEO
signals can be output from this unit. Refer to the manuals
supplied with the video components to check the setting of the
input/output video signals.

*3 The signals for T-V LINK function are always going through

the unit.

TV

VCR

STB

For digital sounds

• To enjoy the DVD software encoded with
Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround,
connect the DVD player using one of the
DIGITAL IN terminals (see page 7).

• To enjoy the digital sounds, use both the
SCART cable connection and the digital
connection (see page 7).

• To enjoy the digital broadcast sounds,
connect the STB and/or TV to the
DIGITAL IN terminals (see page 7).

For T-V LINK

• You can also use T-V LINK function if you
connect the T-V LINK compatible TV and
VCR to this unit with a fully wired SCART
cables. For details on T-V LINK, see the
manuals supplied with the TV and the
VCR.

• Connect SCART cable to EXT-2 terminal
on your TV for T-V LINK function.

For recording pictures from STB

When you connect a STB and a VCR
directly with a SCART cable, you can enjoy
recording the pictures from the STB on VCR
tapes without menu screens of STB. For
details, see the manuals supplied with the
STB.

Getting Started

DVD Player

STANDBY

STANDBY ON

DOLBY

D I G I T A L

For TV and video format

When the TV is equipped with the plural
SCART terminals, see the manual supplied
with the TV to check the available video
signals for each terminal, then connect
SCART cable correctly. For details, see the
manuals supplied with the TV.

This unit cannot change the video signals
(S-video or Composite). When the video
signal of one video component is different
from that of the other (for example, one is S­video, the other is Composite), you may not
see the pictures appropriately. In this case,

unify the video signals of all the video
components into S-video or Composite, or
you need to switch the video signal of TV
each time you change the source.

For an analogue decoder

To watch or record a scrambled program on
your VCR, connect the analogue decoder to
your VCR and select the scrambled channel
on your VCR.
If there is not an appropriate terminal for the
decoder on your VCR, connect the decoder
to the TV.
Refer also to the manuals supplied with
these equipment.

Connecting the Power Cord

Before plugging the unit into an AC outlet, make sure that all
connections have been made.

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet.

9

Basic Operations

This manual mainly explains operations using the buttons and controls on the front panel. You can also use the buttons on the remote
control if they have the similar names (or marks) as those on the front panel.
If operations using the remote control are different from those using the front panel, they are then explained.

• You can also see “Mastering Remote Operations” on page 40.

STANDBY lamp TV DIRECT

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

123

1

Turn On the Power

Press (or AUDIO button on the remote
control).
The STANDBY lamp goes off. The current
source indicator lights green. The name of the
current source (or station frequency) appears on
the display.

Current volume level is shown here

LR

LPCM

DGTL AUTO

Current source name appears

Display Source indicators

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

LCR

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

MEMORY

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

AUTO

MH

Z

KHZ
VOL

FM/AM

Note:

When you have connected some digital source components using the
digital terminals (see page 7), see “Basic Settings” on pages 13, 14,

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

and 15 to finish the digital input terminal setting and digital input mode
setting correctly before use.

3

Adjust the Volume

To increase the volume, press and hold
MASTER VOLUME

VOL

remote control).
To decrease the volume, press and hold
MASTER VOLUME
remote control).

SURROUND

DSP

INPUT

ON/OFF

INPUT ATT

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

ANALOG/DIGITAL

(or VOLUME + on the

(or VOLUME – on the

MASTER VOLUME

To turn off the power (into standby)

Press (or AUDIO ) again.
The STANDBY lamp lights up.
A small amount of power is consumed in standby
mode. To turn the power off completely, unplug
the AC power cord.

2

Select the Source to Play

Press one of the source selecting buttons.

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

DVD : Select the DVD player.
STB : Select STB.
VCR : Select the VCR.
TV : Select the TV tuner.
TAPE : Select the cassette recorder.
FM/AM :Select an FM or AM broadcast.

The selected source indicator lights green.

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

FM/AM

CAUTION:

Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any source. If
the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound energy
can permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your speakers.

Notes:

• The volume level can be adjusted within the range of “0” (minimum)
to “70” (maximum).

• Each time you press the button, the volume level changes by 2
steps from “0” (minimum) to “14” and by 1 step from “14” to “70”
(maximum).

10

Activating TV Direct

TV Direct is enable you to use this unit as an AV selector while the
unit is not turned on.
When TV Direct is activated, the pictures and sounds go from the
video components such as DVD player to the TV through this unit.
In this case, you can use the video components and the TV as if you
connect them directly.

• This function takes effect only when the video components and
TV are connected to this unit with SCART cables.

• This function takes effect to the following sources — DVD, STB,
and VCR.

• This unit can be automatically turned on or off, and/or select the
source automatically when you set the TV Direct mode to “AUTO
1” or “AUTO 2.” For details, see “Setting the TV Direct mode”
on page 19.

To activate (or deactivate) TV Direct, follow the procedure below.

1

Press TV DIRECT.

TV DIRECT

All the indications disappear, then the source
indicator currently selected lights red.

2

Turning on the video component and TV.

3

Press one of the source selecting buttons — DVD,
STB, or VCR.

The indicator corresponding to the selected source lights red.

DVD

DVD STB VCR

To cancel TV Direct and turn off the unit, press
AUDIO

on the remote control).

The unit is turned off and the STANDBY lamp lights up.

(or

Basic adjustment auto memory

This unit memorizes sound settings for each source ....

• when you turn on the power,

• when you change the source, and
when you change the analogue/digital input mode (see page 14).

•

When you change the source, the memorized settings for the
newly selected source are automatically recalled.
The following can be stored for each source:

• Analogue/digital input mode (see page 14)

• Input attenuator mode (see page 20)

• Balance (see page 20)

• Bass boost (see page 21)

• Tone adjustment (see page 21)

• Subwoofer output level (see page 22)

• Surround mode settings (see pages 33, 37)
Theatre Surround settings (see pages 35, 38)
DAP mode settings (see pages 36, 39)

Note:

If the source is FM or AM, you can assign a different setting for
each band.

For recording

You can record sounds of any source playing through the unit to
the VCR or the cassette deck.

While recording, you can listen to the selected sound source at
whatever sound level you like without affecting the sound levels
of the recording.

Note:

Sound adjustments (see page 20) and DSP modes (see page 32)
cannot affect the recording.

Signal and speaker indicators on the display

Basic Operations

To cancel TV Direct and turn on the unit, press TV DIRECT on
the unit (or AUDIO

on the remote control).
The unit is turned on and the source indicator currently selected
lights green.

Notes:

• When TV Direct is activated, you cannot enjoy all the sound effects

this unit produces, and use the speakers connected to this unit.

• You can use T-V LINK function between TV and VCR while the TV

Direct is activated.

Signal indicators

LCR

LFE

LS S RS

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

Speaker indicators

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

LCR

SLEEP

SUBWFR

LS RS

The following signal indicators light up —:

L:•When digital input is selected: Lights up when the

left channel signal comes in.

• When analog input is selected: Always lights up.

R:•When digital input is selected: Lights up when the

right channel signal comes in.

• When analog input is selected: Always lights up.

C:Lights up when the center channel signal comes in.
LS : Lights up when the left rear channel signal comes in.
RS : Lights up when the right rear channel signal comes in.
S:Lights up when the monaural rear channel signal comes in.
LFE: Lights up when the LFE channel signal comes in.

The speaker indicators light up as follows:

• The subwoofer speaker indicator (

SUBWFR) lights up when

“SUBWFR” is set to “YES” (see page 15).

• The other speaker indicators light up only when the
corresponding speaker is activated AND when the
corresponding speaker is required for the DSP mode currently
selected.

11

SLEEP

VOL

DGTL AUTO

LR

LPCM

2010 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

(Canceled)

0

T

Basic Operations

SLEEP

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP
MODE

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

VCR

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

TREBLE–

10

0

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

PTY SEARCH

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

VCR

CONTROL

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

AUDIO

SUBWOOFER

SURROUND

ON/OFF

FF/

TVSTB

AM

+10

100+

MENU

MUTING

Turning Off the Power
with the Timer

Remote

ONLY

You can fall asleep while listening to music — Sleep Timer.

Press SLEEP

on the remote control repeatedly.

The SLEEP indicator lights up on the display, and the shut-off time
changes in 10 minute intervals.

SLEEP

When the shut-off time comes

RDS

DVD

The unit turns off automatically.

To check or change the time remaining until the shut-off time

Press SLEEP once.
The remaining time (in minutes) until the shut-off time appears.

• To change the shut-off time, press SLEEP repeatedly.

MUTINGDIMMER

To cancel the Sleep Timer

Press SLEEP repeatedly until “SLEEP 0” appears on the display.
(The SLEEP indicator goes off.)

• Turning off the power also cancels the Sleep Timer.

RM-SRXE100R REMOTE CONTROL

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

Turning Off the Sounds
Temporarily

Press MUTING on the remote control to mute
the sound through all speakers connected.

MUTING

O

“MUTING” appears on the display and the volume
turns off (the volume level indicator goes off).

Remote

ONLY

Changing the Display Brightness

You can dim the display.
Press DIMMER on the remote control.

• Each time you press the button, the display dims and
brightens alternately.

Remote

ONLY

DIMMER

To restore the sound, press MUTING again so that “MUTING
OFF” appears on the display.

• Pressing MASTER VOLUME

/ (or VOLUME +/–) also

restores the sound.

12

Basic Settings

CONTROL

CONTROL

Display

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

MEMORY

INPUT ATT

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

Source selecting buttons

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

5/∞/3/2

TV DIRECT

ADJUST

SETTING

DIGITAL

DIGITAL

SURROUND

SETTING

(DVD, STB, TV)

Setting the Digital Input
Terminals

Remote

NOT

When you use the digital input terminals, register what components
are connected to which terminals (DIGITAL IN 1/2) so that the
correct source name will appear when you select the digital source.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

Source indicators

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

AUTO

MH

Z

KH

Z

VOL

FM/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

Note:

When shipped from the factory, the DIGITAL IN terminals have been
set for use with the following components.

• DIGITAL 1 (coaxial): For DVD player

• DIGITAL 2 (optical): For STB

Selecting the Analogue or Digital Input Mode

When you have connected digital source components using both the
analogue connection and the digital connection methods (see page

7), you need to select the input mode correctly.

1

Press one of the source selecting buttons (DVD,
STB, or TV)

* for which you want to change the

input mode.

Basic Operations/Basic Settings

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“DGT (Digital)” (with the current setting)
appears on the display.

CONTROL

* “1DVD2STB” is the initial setting. If you have already

changed setting, another combination will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select the
appropriate digital terminal setting.

• Each time you press the button, the display changes to show
the following:

CONTROL

LCR
SUBWFR LFE
LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

(back to the begining)

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

*

Note:

*

Among the sources listed above, you can select the digital input
only for the sources which you have selected the digital input
terminals for. (See “Setting the Digital Input Terminals” .)

VOL

2

Press INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL (or
ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT on the remote
control) to select the analogue or digital input
mode.

• Each time you press the button, the input mode alternates
between the analogue input (ANALOGUE) and the digital
input (DGTL AUTO).

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

VOL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS RS

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

TO BE CONTINUED TO THE NEXT PAGE

13

Basic Settings

U

H
H
O

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2

Display Source indicators

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

TV DIRECT

ADJUST

SETTING

DIGITAL

DIGITAL

SURROUND

SETTING

CONTROL

MEMORY

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

DTS

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

Source selecting buttons

(DVD, STB, TV)

DGTL AUTO : Select this for the digital input mode. The unit

automatically detects the incoming signal
format. (The DGTL AUTO indicator lights up
on the display, then the digital signal indicator
for the detected signals lights up.)

ANALOGUE :Select this for the analogue input mode. (Initial

setting when shipped from the factory.)

If the following symptoms occur while playing Dolby Digital or
DTS Digital Surround software with “DGTL AUTO” selected,
follow the procedure below.

• Sound does not come out at the beginning of playback.

• Noise comes out while searching or skipping chapters or tracks.

1

Press one of the source selecting buttons (DVD, STB, or TV) for
which you want to change the input mode.

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

2

Press INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL (or
ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT) to select the digital input mode
(DGTL AUT O).

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select “DGTL
D.D.” or “DGTL DTS” while “DGTL AUTO”
still remains on the display.

Remote

NOT

• Each time you press the button, the digital input mode changes
as follows:

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

AUTO

Z

MH
KH

Z

VOL

FM/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

• To play back software encoded with Dolby Digital, select
“DGTL D.D.”

• To play back software encoded with DTS Digital Surround,
select “DGTL DTS.”

Note:

When you turn off the power or select another source, “DGTL DTS”
and “DGTL D.D.” are canceled and the digital input mode is
automatically reset to “DGTL AUTO.”

The following are the analogue/digital signal indicators on the
display to indicate what type of the signal comes into the unit.

ANALOGUE : Lights when the analogue input is selected.
LPCM : Lights when Linear PCM signals come in.
DOLBY D : • Lights when Dolby Digital signals come in.

•Flashes when “DGTL D.D.” is selected for
software not encoded with Dolby Digital.

DTS : • Lights when DTS Digital Surround signals

come in.

•Flashes when “DGTL DTS” is selected for
software not encoded with DTS Digital
Surround.

Note:

When “DGTL AUTO” cannot recognize the incoming signals, no digital
signal indicators light up on the display.

14

CONTROL

When “DGTL D.D.” or “DGTL DTS” is
selected, “AUTO” goes off.

LCR
SUBWFR LFE
LS RS

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

M

M
K
V

Remote

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

Setting the Subwoofer Information

NOT

When you have connected a subwoofer, follow the procedure below.
If you do not use a subwoofer, you can skip this setting.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“SUBWFR (Subwoofer)” (with the current
setting)

* “NO” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select “YES.”

• Each time you press the button, the subwoofer setting

* appears on the display.

CONTROL

IC

TO
T

setting, “YES” will be shown.

alternates between “YES” and “NO.”

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

VOL

VOL

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until one
of the following speakers (with the current
setting)

FR SP (Front Speaker) : To register the front speaker size.
CTR SP (Center Speaker) : To register the center speaker size.
REAR SP (Rear Speaker) : To register the rear speaker size.

* “LRG (large)” is the initial setting for the front speakers, and

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select the

* appears.

CONTROL

“SML (small)” is for the center and rear speakers.
If you have already changed the setting, another size will be
shown.

appropriate speaker size.

• Each time you press the button, the speaker size changes as
follows:

CONTROL

Basic Settings

YES : Select this when a subwoofer is used.

The subwoofer speaker indicator (
up on the display (see page 11). You can adjust the
subwoofer output level (see page 22).

NO : Select this when you have not connected or have

disconnected a subwoofer.

Setting the Speakers for
DSP Modes

To obtain the best possible surround effect from the DSP (Digital
Signal Processor) modes (see page 32), register the following
information after all connections are completed.

• Speaker Size — FR SP, CTR SP, REAR SP

• Delay Time — CTR DL, REAR DL

• Crossover Frequency — CROSS

• Dynamic Range Compression — D.R.C.

• Low Frequency Effect Attenuator — LFE

Speaker Size — FR SP, CTR SP, REAR SP

Register the sizes of all the connected speakers.

• When you change your speakers, register the information about
the speakers again.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

SUBWFR) lights

Remote

NOT

Ex.: When registering the rear speaker size

LRG (Large) : Select this when the speaker size is relatively

large. (See “Notes” below.)

SML (Small) : Select this when the speaker size is relatively

small. (See “Notes” below.)

NO : Select this when you have not connected a

speaker. (Not selectable for the front speakers.)

4

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to select the appropriate
size for the other speakers.

Notes:

• Use the following criteria as reference when adjusting:
– If the size of the cone speaker unit built in your speaker is

greater than 4 3/4 inches (12 cm ), select “LRG (large),” and if it
is smaller than 4 3/4 inches (12 cm ), select “SML (small).”

• If you have selected “NO” for the subwoofer, you can only select
“LRG (large)” for the front speaker size.

• If you have selected “SML (small)” for the front speaker size, you
cannot select “LRG (large)” for the center and rear speaker sizes.

15

Basic Settings

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2 Display

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

ANALOG

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

MEMORY

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

PRO LOGIC

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

SETTING

Delay Time — CTR DL, REAR DL

Adjust the delay time of the sounds from the center speaker and
from the rear speakers, comparing to that of the sound from the front
speakers. If the distance to the center speaker and/or the rear
speakers from your listening point is almost the same as that to the
front speakers, select 0 msec.

• 1 msec increase (or decrease) in delay time corresponds to 11
inch (30 cm) increase (or decrease) in distance.

Left front

speaker

Center speaker

Right front

speaker

13

/16

AUTO

MH

Z

KH

Z

VOL

FM/AM

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

“CTR DL (Center Delay)” or “REAR DL (Rear
Delay)” (with the current setting)

* appears on the

display.

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D

DTS

VOL

3.0 m

2.7 m

2.4 m

2.1 m

Left rear
speaker

Right rear

speaker

Ex.: In this case, set the center delay to “1 mS” and the

rear delay to “2 mS.”

Before you start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

CTR DL (Center Delay) : To adjust the center delay time

(from 0 msec to 5 msec).

REAR DL (Rear Delay) : To adjust the rear delay time

(from 0 msec to 15 msec).

* “0 mS” is the initial setting for the center delay time and

“5 mS” for the rear delay time. If you have already changed
the setting, another setting will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select the delay
time.

• Each time you press the button, the delay time changes by
1 msec (mS).

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D

DTS

Ex.: When adjusting the center delay

4

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust the other delay
time.

VOL

16

Crossover Frequency — CROSS

T

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

Small speakers cannot reproduce the bass sounds efficiently. If you
use a small speaker in any position, this unit automatically
reallocates the bass sound elements assigned to the small speaker to
the large speakers.
To use this function properly, set this crossover frequency level
according to the size of the small speaker connected.

• If you have selected “LRG (large)” for all speakers, this function
will not take effect.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“CROSS (Crossover)” (with the current setting)
appears on the display.

CONTROL

IC

TO
T

VOL

* “100HZ” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

setting, another frequency will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select the crossover
frequency level.

• Each time you press the button, the crossover frequency level
changes as follows:

Dynamic Range Compression — D.R.C.

You can compress the dynamic range (difference between maximum
sound and minimum sound) of the reproduced sound. This is useful
when enjoying surround sound at night.

• This function takes effect only when playing back a source using
Dolby Digital.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

2

Press CONTROL∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“D.R.C. (Dynamic Range Compression)” (with
the current setting)

*

CONTROL

* “MID” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

setting, another setting will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select the

* appears on the display.

IC

O

appropriate compression level.

• Each time you press the button, the compression level changes
as follows:

CONTROL

Basic Settings

VOL

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

• Use the following criteria as reference when adjusting:

80HZ : Select this frequency when the cone speaker unit

3

built in the speaker is about 4

100HZ : Select this frequency when the cone speaker unit built

in the speaker is about 3

/4 inches (12 cm).

15

/16 inches (10 cm).

120HZ : Select this frequency when the cone speaker unit

built in the speaker is about 3 3/16 inches (8 cm).

VOL

OFF :Select this when you want to enjoy surround with its

full dynamic range. (No effect applied.)

MID : Select this when you want to reduce the dynamic range

a little.

MAX : Select this when you want to apply the compression

effect fully. (Useful at night.)

TO BE CONTINUED TO THE NEXT PAGE

17

Basic Settings

O

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2

Display

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

ANALOG

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

MEMORY

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

PRO LOGIC

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

SETTING

Low Frequency Effect Attenuator — LFE

If the bass sound is distorted while playing back software using
Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround, follow the procedure below.

• This function takes effect only when the subwoofer (LFE) signals
come in, (with “SUBWFR” set to “YES”).

Before you start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until “LFE
(Low Frequency Effect)” (with the current
setting)

* appears on the display.

CONTROL

VOL

AUTO

MH

Z

KH

Z

VOL

FM/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

Remote

Setting Auto Surround

NOT

Surround mode is automatically activated when a multichannel
signal comes into this unit through the digital terminal.
You can enjoy Surround mode simply by selecting the source (with
digital input selected for that source) — Auto Surround.

To activate Auto Surround, follow the procedure below.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“AUTO SR (Auto Surround)” (with the current
setting)

* appears on the display.

CONTROL

LOGIC

* “0” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

L AUTO

UT ATT

VOL

setting, “–10dB” will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select the LFE
attenuator level.

* “OFF” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

setting, “ON” will be shown.

• Each time you press the button, the LFE attenuator level
changes as follows:

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP

DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

VOL

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select “ON” (or
“OFF”).

• Each time you press the button, Auto Surround turns “ON” or
“OFF.”

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

VOL

0dB : Normally select this.
–10dB : Select this when the bass sound is distorted.

18

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

A

ON : • If multichannel signals come in, an appropriate

Surround mode will be turned on.

• If Dolby Digital 2 channel or DTS 2 channel
signals come in, “STEREO” will be selected.

• If Linear PCM signals come in, nothing will
change.

OFF : Select this to deactivate Auto Surround.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“MODE” (with the current setting)

* appears on

the display.

CONTROL

GIC

UTO
TT

Basic Settings

VOL

Notes:

• This function does not take effect in the following cases:
– While playing an analogue source.
– While selecting “DGTL D.D.” or “DGTL DTS” as the fixed digital

input mode (see pages 13 and 14).

• If Surround mode is automatically activated by Auto Surround,
another DSP mode in use will be canceled temporarily. When
multichannel digital signals stop coming in, the selected surround
mode is canceled, and the previous DSP mode resumes.

• If you press SURROUND ON/OFF or DSP MODE with Auto
Surround activated, Auto Surround will be canceled temporarily for
the currently selected source.
Auto Surround setting will be restored in the following cases:
– When you turn off and on the unit,
– When you change the source, and
– When you reset “AUTO SR” to “ON” again.

To cancel Auto Surround

Repeat steps 1 and 2, then select “OFF” in step 3.

Setting the TV Direct mode

You can enjoy switching TV Direct automatically by turning on/off
the video components connected to the unit with SCART cable —
TV Direct auto mode.

• This function takes effect only when the video components and

TV are connected to this unit with SCART cables.

• This function takes effect to the following sources — DVD, STB,

and VCR.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

* “MANUAL” is the initial setting. If you have already changed

the setting, the other mode will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select “AUTO1”
(or, “AUTO2” or “MANUAL”).

• Each time you press the button, TV Direct mode turns change
as follows:

CONTROL

AUTO1 : When a video component is turned on while the

unit is on, the unit selects the video component as
the source automatically.

AUTO2 : • When a video component is turned on

–while the unit is off, the unit changes the mode

into TV Direct and selects the video component
as the source automatically.

–while the unit is on or TV Direct is activated,

the unit selects the video component as the
source automatically.

• When a video component is turned off
–while TV Direct is activated or the unit is on

with one of the video components selected,

the unit selects the previously selected video
component as the source automatically. (If all
the video components are turned off, the unit
will be turned off automatically.)

MANUAL : Select this to use TV Direct manually.

1

Press SETTING.

SETTING

The CONTROL buttons now work for basic
settings.

Note:

When a VCR is selected as the source, AUTO1 or AUTO2 does not
work by turning on the VCR but by starting playback.

19

Sound Adjustments

T

N

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

You can also use the remote control for some sound adjustments.

• When using the remote control, see also “Mastering Remote Operations” on page 40.

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2 INPUT ATT

Display

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

MEMORY

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

DTS

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

ADJUST

Remote

Attenuating the Input Signal

NOT

When the input level of the analogue source is too high, the sounds
will be distorted. If this happens, you need to attenuate the input
signal level to prevent the sound distortion.

• You have to make this adjustment for each analogue source.

Press and hold INPUT ATT (INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL) so
that the INPUT ATT indicator lights up on the display.

• Each time you press and hold the button, the Input Attenuator
turns on (“ATT ON”) or off (“ATT NORMAL”).

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

ANALOG

LR

INPUT ATT

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“BAL (Balance)” (with the current setting)
appears on the display.

* “CENTER” is the initial setting. If you have already changed

3

Press CONTROL 3 or 2 to adjust the front
speaker balance.

MUTI
MH

Z

KH

Z

VOL

AUTO

Z

MH
KH

Z

VOL

CONTROL

FM/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

IC

SURROUND

ON/OFF

O

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

the setting, another setting will be shown.

CONTROL

*

VOL

Adjusting the Front Speaker
Output Balance

If the sounds you hear from the front right and left speakers are
unequal, you can adjust the speaker output balance.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

Remote

NOT

• Pressing CONTROL 3 decreases the left channel output
(from CENTER to L–21).

• Pressing CONTROL 2 decreases the right channel output
(from CENTER to R–21).

Before you start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

20

Reinforcing the Bass

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

Adjusting the Tone

Sound Adjustments

You can boost the bass level — Bass Boost.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until “B.
BOOST (Bass Boost)” (with the current setting)
appears on the display.

CONTROL

C

O

VOL

* “OFF” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

setting, “ON” will be shown.

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to turn “ON” or
“OFF” Bass Boost.

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

VOL

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

You can adjust the bass and treble sounds as you like.

• You have to make these adjustments for each source.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“BASS” or “TREBLE” (with the current

*

setting)

BASS :To adjust the bass.
TREBLE :To adjust the treble.

* “0” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

3

Press CONTROL 3 or 2 to adjust the sound

* appears.

CONTROL

setting, another number (level) will be shown.

level.

CONTROL

ON : Select this to boost the bass level. (Bass Boost)
OFF : Select this to deactivate Bass Boost.

Note:

This function affects the sound outputting only through the front
speakers.

When using the remote control

Press BASS BOOST.

• Each time you press the button, Bass Boost turns on and off
alternately.

Ex.: When adjusting the bass level

• Pressing CONTROL 3 increases the sound level by +2 steps
(from –10 to +10).

• Pressing CONTROL 2 decreases the sound level by –2 steps
(from +10 to –10).

4

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust the other sound
level.

When using the remote control

1

Press SOUND.
10 keys now work for sound adjustments.

2

Press BASS +/– or TREBLE +/– to adjust the sound output level
(from –10 to +10).

21

Sound Adjustments

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2

Display

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

MEMORY

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

DTS

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

ADJUST

Adjusting the Subwoofer Output Level

You can adjust the subwoofer output level if you have connected a
subwoofer and set the subwoofer information correctly – “YES.”

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

Before you start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

“SUBWFR (subwoofer)” (with the current
setting)

* appears.

CONTROL

OGIC

AUTO

ATT

VOL

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

AUTO

3

Press CONTROL 3 or 2 to adjust the sound
output level.

• Pressing CONTROL 3 increases the sound output level
(from –10 to +10).

• Pressing CONTROL 2 decreases the sound output level
(from +10 to –10).

When using the remote control

1

Press SOUND.
10 keys now work for sound adjustments.

2

Press SUBWOOFER +/– to adjust the sound output level
(from –10 to +10).

Z

MH
KH

Z

VOL

ANALOG

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

FM/AM

CONTROL

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

ANALOG/DIGITAL

LCR

INPUT

INPUT ATT

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

VOL

* “0” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the

setting, another number (level) will be shown.

22

Tuner Operations

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2

Display Source indicators

Sound Adjustments/Tuner Operations

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D

MEMORY

DTS

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

Tuning in Stations Manually

1

Press FM/AM to select the band.

The last received station of the selected band is tuned in, and the
CONTROL buttons now work for tuner operations.

• Each time you press the button, the band alternates between
FM and AM (MW/LW).

AUTO

FM/AM

STTUNED MUTING

Ex.: When selecting the FM band

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“< TUNING >” appears on the display.

CONTROL

STTUNED MUTING

AUTO

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

PRO LOGIC

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

Z

MH

VOL

VOL

AUTO

MH

Z

KHZ
VOL

FM/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

Source selecting button

(FM/AM)

When using the remote control

1

Press FM or AM.

2

Press repeatedly or hold TUNING UP/DOWN until you find the
frequency you want.

• Pressing (or holding) TUNING UP increases the frequencies.

• Pressing (or holding) TUNING DOWN decreases the
frequencies.

Notes:

• When you hold and release CONTROL 3 (TUNING UP on the
remote control) or CONTROL 2 (TUNING DOWN on the remote
control), the frequency keeps changing until a station is tuned in.

• When a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in, the TUNED
indicator lights up on the display.

• When an FM stereo program is received, the ST (Stereo) indicator
also lights up.

Then

AUTO

STTUNED MUTING

MH

VOL

3

Press repeatedly or hold CONTROL 3 or 2
until you find the frequency you want.

CONTROL

AUTO

STTUNED MUTING

MH

VOL

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 3 increases the frequencies.

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 2 decreases the frequencies.

Z

Z

23

Tuner Operations

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2 Display

Source indicators

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

MEMORY

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

INPUT ATT

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

MEMORY Source selecting button

Using Preset Tuning

Once a station is assigned to a channel number, the station can be
quickly tuned. You can preset up to 30 FM and 15 AM (MW/LW)
stations.

To store the preset stations

Before you start, remember...

Remote

NOT

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

Tune in the station you want to preset (see
“Tuning in Stations Manually” on page 23).

• If you want to store the FM reception mode for this station,
select the FM reception mode you want. See “Selecting the
FM Reception Mode” on page 25.

ANALOG

STTUNED MUTING

AUTOLR

MH

VOL

Z

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

AUTO

(FM/AM)

3

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select a channel
number while the channel number position is
flashing.

CONTROL

4

Press MEMORY again while the selected channel
number is flashing on the display.

The selected channel number stops flashing.
The station is assigned to the selected channel number.

MEMORY

5

Repeat steps 1 to 4 until you store all the
stations you want.

Z

MH
KH

Z

VOL

FM/AM

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

STTUNED MUTING

AUTO

MH

Z

VOL

STTUNED MUTING

AUTO

MH

Z

VOL

2

Press MEMORY.

The channel number position starts flashing on the display for
about 10 seconds.

MEMORY

AUTO

STTUNED MUTING

24

To erase a stored preset station

Storing a new station on a used channel number erases the
previously stored one.

Z

MH

VOL

To tune in a preset station

1

Press FM/AM to select the band.

The last received station of the selected band is tuned in, and the
CONTROL buttons now work for tuner operations.

AUTO

FM/AM

STTUNED MUTING

MH

VOL

Z

Ex.: When selecting the FM band

2

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“< PRESET >” appears on the display.

CONTROL

STTUNED MUTING

AUTO

VOL

Then

AUTO

STTUNED MUTING

Z

MH

VOL

Preset channel number appears.

3

Press CONTROL 3 or 2 to select a preset
channel number you want.

Remote

Selecting the FM Reception Mode

NOT

When an FM stereo broadcast is hard to receive or noisy, you can
change the FM reception mode while receiving an FM broadcast.

• You can store the FM reception mode for each preset station.

Before y ou start, remember...

There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1

While listening to an FM station, press
CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until
“< FM MODE >”

CONTROL

2

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select “MONO.”

• Each time you press the button, the FM reception mode
alternates between “AUTO MUTING” and “MONO.”

CONTROL

ANALOG

LR

appears on the display.

AUTO

STTUNED MUTING

TUNED

Z

MH

VOL

Z

MH

VOL

Tuner Operations

CONTROL

STTUNED MUTING

AUTO

MH

Z

VOL

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 3 increases the preset
channel numbers.

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 2 decreases the preset
channel numbers.

When using the remote control

1

Press FM or AM.
The last received station of the selected band is tuned in, and the
10 keys now work for tuner operations.

2

Press the 10 keys to select a preset channel number.

• For channel number 5, press 5.

• For channel number 15, press +10 then 5.

• For channel number 30, press +10, +10, then 10.

* “AUTO MUTING” is the initial setting.

MONO : Select this to improve the reception (but stereo

effect will be lost).
In this mode, you will hear noise while tuning into
the stations. The AUTO MUTING indicator goes
off from the display. (The ST indicator also goes
off.)

AUTO MUTING : Normally select this. When a program is

broadcasted in stereo, you will hear stereo sound;
when in monaural, you will hear monaural sounds.
This mode is also useful to suppress static noise
between stations. The AUTO MUTING indicator
lights up on the display.

To restore the stereo effect

Repeat step 1, then select “AUTO MUTING” in step 2.

25

Tuner Operations

With the unit, you can receive the following types of RDS signals.

You need to set RDS/DVD MENU selector to “RDS,”
when you want to operate RDS.

AUDIO

EON
SELECT

DISPLAY
MODE

PTY (

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP
MODE

VCR

TVSTB

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

AM

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

SUBWOOFER

TREBLE–

10

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

0

PTY SEARCH

+10

100+

RDS
DVD

MENU

SURROUND

ON/OFF

RDS/DVD
MENU selector

PTY 9

EON
PTY
SEARCH

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

RM-SRXE100R

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

VCR

CONTROL

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

REMOTE CONTROL

MUTING

FF/

PS (Program Service): Shows commonly known station names
PTY (Program Type): Shows types of broadcast programs
RT (Radio Text): Shows text messages the station sends
EON (Enhanced Other Network): See page 28.

Notes:

• RDS is not available for AM (MW/LW) broadcasts.

• RDS may not operate correctly if the station tuned is not
transmitting RDS signal properly or if the signal strength is weak.

What information can RDS signals provide?

You can see the RDS signals the station sends on the display.

To show the RDS signals

1

Set RDS/DVD MENU mode selector to “RDS.”

2

Press DISPLAY MODE while listening to an FM

RDS

DVD

MENU

DISPLAY MODE

station.

• Each time you press the button, the display changes to show you
the following information:

PS PTY

RTFrequency

PS (Program Service):

While searching, “PS” appears and then the station names will be
displayed. “NO PS” appears if no signal is sent.

PTY (Program Type):

While searching, “PTY” appears and then the type of the broadcast
program will be displayed. “NO PTY” appears if no signal is sent.

RT (Radio Text):

While searching, “RT” appears and then text messages the station
sends will be displayed. “NO RT” appears if no signal is sent.

Frequency:

Station frequency (non-RDS service)

Using the RDS (Radio Data
System) to Receive

Remote

ONLY

FM Stations

RDS allows FM stations to send an additional signal along with their
regular program signals. For example, the stations send their station
names, as well as information about what type of program they
broadcast, such as sports or music, etc.

When tuned to an FM station which provides the RDS service, the
RDS indicator lights up on the display.

26

About characters shown on the display

When the display shows PS, PTY, or RT signals, the following
characters are used.

• The display cannot differentiate upper case and lower case letters
and always uses upper case letters.

• The display cannot show accented letters, “A,” for instance, may
stand for accented “A’s” like “Å, Ä, Ã, Á, À, Â, å, ä, ã, á, à, and
â.”

Note:

If searching finishes at once, “PS,” “PTY,” and “RT” will not appear on
the display.

Searching for a Program
by PTY Codes

Remote

ONLY

One of the advantages of the RDS service is that you can locate a
particular kind of program from the preset channels (see page 24) by
specifying the PTY codes.

To search for a program using the PTY codes

Before y ou start, remember...

• The PTY Search is only applicable to preset stations.

• To stop searching any time during the process, press
PTY SEARCH while searching.

• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is
canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

PTY codes

FOLK M (Music)

NATION M (Music)

ALARM !

TEST

DOCUMENT

OLDIES

COUNTRY

Tuner Operations

NONE

NEWS

AFFAIRS

INFO (Information)

SPORT

EDUCATE (Education)

DRAMA

CULTURE

1

Set RDS/DVD MENU mode selector to
“RDS.”

2

Press PTY SEARCH while listening to
an FM station.

MENU

DVD

RDS

PTY SEARCH

“PTY SELECT” flashes on the display.

3

Press PTY 9 or PTY ( until the

PTY( PTY9

PTY code you want appears on the
display, while “PTY SELECT” is
flashing.

• For details, see “Description of the PTY codes” on page 28.

4

Press PTY SEARCH again, while the
PTY code selected in the previous step

PTY SEARCH

is still on the display.

While searching, “SEARCH” and the selected PTY code
alternate on the display.
The unit searches 30 preset FM stations, stops when it finds the
one you have selected, and tunes in that station.

To continue searching after the first stop

Press PTY SEARCH again while the indications on the display are
flashing.
If no program is found, “NOT FOUND” appears on the display.

JAZZ

LEISURE

TRAVEL

PHONE IN

RELIGION

SOCIAL

CHILDREN

FINANCE

SCIENCE

VARIED

POP M (Music)

ROCK M (Music)

EASY M (Music)

LIGHT M (Music)

CLASSICS

OTHER M (Music)

WEATHER

27

Tuner Operations

You need to set RDS/DVD MENU mode selector to
“RDS,” when you want to operate RDS.

AUDIO

EON
SELECT

DISPLAY
MODE

PTY (
PTY

SEARCH

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP
MODE

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

RM-SRXE100R

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

VCR

TVSTB

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

AM

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

SUBWOOFER

TREBLE–

10

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

0

PTY SEARCH

VCR

CONTROL

REMOTE CONTROL

+10

100+

SURROUND

ON/OFF

MUTING

FF/

MENU

RDS
DVD

RDS/DVD
MENU selector

PTY 9
EON

Description of the PTY codes:

NEWS: News.
AFFAIRS: Topical program expanding or enlarging upon the

news — debate, or analysis.

INFO: Programs the purpose of which is to impart advice

in the widest sense.

SPORT: Programs concerned with any aspect of sports.
EDUCATE: Educational programs.
DRAMA: All radio plays and serials.
CULTURE: Programs concerning any aspect of national or

regional culture, including language, theater, etc.

SCIENCE: Programs about natural sciences and technology.
VARIED: Used for mainly speech-based programs such as

quizzes, panel games and personality interviews.

POP M: Commercial music of current popular appeal.
ROCK M: Rock music.
EASY M: Current contemporary music considered to be

“easy-listening.”

LIGHT M: Instrumental music, and vocal or choral works.
CLASSICS: Performances of major orchestral works,

symphonies, chamber music, etc.

OTHER M: Music not fitting into any of the other categories.
WEATHER: Weather reports and forecasts.
FINANCE: Stock Market reports, commerce, trading etc.
CHILDREN: Programs targeted at a young audience.
SOCIAL: Programs about sociology, history, geography,

psychology and society.

RELIGION: Religious programs.
PHONE IN: Involving members of the public expressing their

views either by phone or at a public forum.

TRAVEL: Travel information.
LEISURE: Programs about recreational activities.
JAZZ: Jazz music.
COUNTRY: Songs which originate from, or continue the

musical tradition of the American Southern States.

NATION M: Current popular music of the nation or region in

that country’s language.

OLDIES: Music from the so-called “golden age” of popular

music.

FOLK M: Music which has its roots in the musical culture of

a particular nation.

DOCUMENT:Programs concerning factual matters, presented in

an investigative style.

TEST: Broadcasts for testing emergency broadcast

equipment or unit.

ALARM !: Emergency announcement.

28

Classification of the PTY codes for some FM stations
may be different from the above list.

Switching to Broadcast
Program of

Remote

ONLY

Your Choice Temporarily

Another convenient RDS service is called “EON (Enhanced Other
Network).”
The EON indicator works and lights up while receiving an FM
station with the EON code.
This allows the unit to switch temporarily to a broadcast program of
your choice (TA, NEWS, and/or INFO) from a different station
except in the following cases:

• When you are listening to non-RDS stations (all AM — MW/LW
and some FM stations).

• When the unit is in standby mode or TV Direct.

• When the unit selects the other source.

Before y ou start, remember...

• The EON function is only applicable to preset stations.

1

Set RDS/DVD MENU mode selector to
“RDS.”

MENU

RDS

DVD

CASE 2
If there is a station broadcasting the program you have

selected

The unit tunes in the program. The indicator of received PTY
code starts flashing.

«

When the program is over, “EON END” appears in the display,
and the unit goes back to the previously tuned station, but the
EON function still remains activated.

CASE 3
If the FM station you are listening to is broadcasting the

program you ha ve selected

The unit continues to receive the station but the indicator of
received PTY code starts flashing.

«

When the program is over, “EON END” appears in the display,
and the indicator of received PTY code stops flashing and
remains lit, but the EON function still remains activated.

Tuner Operations

2

Press EON so that the last selected

ENTER

EON

program type appears on the
display.

The unit enters EON standby mode. When the unit is in EON
standby mode, the unit is ready to receive the EON data (TA/
NEWS/INFO) you select.

3

Press EON SELECT until the

EON SELECT

program type you want appears on
the display.

• Each time you press the button, the display changes to show
the following:

TA

NEWS

TA/NEWS/INFO

TA :Traffic Announcement in your area.
NEWS : News.
INFO : Program the purpose of which is to impart advice in

the widest sense.

How the EON function actually works:

CASE 1
If there is no station broadcasting the program you have

selected

The unit continues tuning in the current station.

When a station starts broadcasting the program you have
selected, the unit automatically switches to the station. The
indicator of received PTY code starts flashing.

When the program is over, “EON END” appears in the display,
and the unit goes back to the previously tuned station, but the
EON function still remains activated.

INFO

TA/NEWS

NEWS/INFO TA/INFO

«

«

To stop listening to the program selected by EON

Press EON so that the program type (TA/NEWS/INFO) indicator
goes off from the display. The unit enters EON off mode and goes
back to the previously selected source.

• Each time you press EON, the EON mode alternates between
standby mode and off mode.

When an emergency broadcast (ALARM ! signal) is sent from
an FM station:

The unit automatically tunes in the station except in the following
cases:

• When you are listening to non-RDS stations (all AM — MW/LW
and some FM stations).

• When the unit is in standby mode or TV Direct.

• When the unit selects the other source.

While receiving an emergency broadcast, “ALARM !” appears on
the display.

The TEST signal is used for equipment test — whether it can
receive the ALARM ! signal correctly.

The TEST signal makes the unit work in the same way as the
ALARM ! signal does. If the TEST signal is received, the unit
automatically switches to the station broadcasting the TEST signal.
While receiving the TEST signal, “TEST” appears on the display.

Notes:

• EON data sent from some stations may not be compatible with this

unit.

• While listening to a program tuned in by the EON function, the

station does not change even if another network station starts
broadcasting a program of the same EON data.

• While listening to a program tuned in by the EON function, you can

only use the EON and DISPLAY MODE buttons as the tuner
operation buttons.

• If the stations alternate intermittently between the station tuned by

the EON function and the currently tuned station (“WAITING”
flashes in the display), press EON to cancel the EON function.
If you do not press the button, the currently tuned station is
received finally, and the indication of the EON data type flashing on
the display disappears.

29

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

You can use the following DSP (Digital Signal Processor) modes to
reproduce a realistic sound field.

• Surround modes

• DAP modes

■ Surround modes

Surround modes cannot be used when only the front speakers
are connected to this unit (without the rear speakers or center
speaker).

Dolby Surround (Dolby Pro Logic)*

Used to reproduce sound tracks of the software encoded with Dolby
Surround (

Dolby Surround encoding format records the left front channel,
right front channel, center channel, and rear channel signals (total 4
channels) into 2 channels.
The Dolby Pro Logic decoder built in this unit decodes these 2
channel signals into original 4 channel signals — matrix-based
multichannel reproduction, and allows you to enjoy a realistic stereo
sound in your listening room.

• When Dolby Pro Logic is activated, the PRO LOGIC indicator
lights up on the display.
– Dolby Pro Logic will be activated for all 2 channel-encoded

software.

DOLBY SURROUND

).

Dolby Digital*

Used to reproduce multichannel sound tracks of the software
encoded with Dolby Digital (

• To enjoy the software encoded with Dolby Digital, connect the
source component using the digital terminal on the rear of this
unit. (See page 7.)

Dolby Digital encoding method (so-called discrete 5.1 channel
digital audio format) records and digitally compresses the left front
channel, right front channel, center channel, left rear channel, right
rear channel, and LFE channel signals (total 6 channels, but LFE
channel is counted as 0.1 channel. Therefore, called 5.1 channel).
Since each channel is completely independent from the other
channel signals to avoid interference, you can obtain much better
sound quality with much stereo and surround effects.
In addition, Dolby Digital enables stereo rear sounds, and sets the
cutoff frequency of the rear treble at 20 kHz, compared to 7 kHz for
Dolby Pro Logic. These facts enhance the sound movement and
being-there feelings much more than Dolby Pro Logic.

).

DTS Digital Surround**

Used to reproduce multichannel sound tracks of the software
encoded with DTS Digital Surround (

• To enjoy the software encoded with DTS Digital Surround,
connect the source component using the digital terminal on the
rear of this unit. (See page 7.)

DTS Digital Surround is another discrete 5.1 channel digital audio
format available on CD, LD, and DVD software.
Compared to Dolby Digital, audio compression rate is relatively low.
This fact allows DTS Digital Surround format to add breadth and
depth to the reproduced sounds. As a result, DTS Digital Surround
features natural, solid and clear sound.

).

JVC Theatre Surround

Used to reproduce sound tracks of the software encoded with Dolby
Surround (

• Theatre Surround can be used when the front speakers and
the rear speakers are connected to this unit (without regarding
the center speaker).

Theatre Surround can add acoustic surround effects (DAP mode
effects) to Dolby Surround software, and create a sound field of a
theatre in your listening room.

• When Theatre Surround is selected, the PRO LOGIC and DSP
indicators light up on the display.

DOLBY SURROUND

).

Surround reproduction

*

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro
Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. Confidential Unpublished Works. ©1992–1997 Dolby
Laboratories, Inc. All rights reserved.

30

**

Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US
Pat. No. 5,451,942 and other world-wide patents issued and
pending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc. ©1996 Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved.

■ DAP (Digital Acoustic Processor) Modes

DAP modes have been designed to create important acoustic
surround elements.

The sound heard in a hall, live club, dance club or pavilion consists
of direct sound and indirect sound — early reflections and
reflections from behind. Direct sounds reach the listener directly
without any reflection. On the other hand, indirect sounds are
delayed by the distances of the ceiling and walls (see the diagram to
the right).
These indirect sounds are important elements of the acoustic
surround effects.

The following DAP modes are provided with this unit.

These DAP modes can be used to add the acoustic surround effects
while reproducing stereo analog software or Linear PCM digital
software, and can give you a real “being there” feeling.

• DAP modes can be used when the front and rear speakers are
connected to this unit (without respect to the center speaker
connection: no sound comes out of the center speaker if it is
connected).

• When one of the DAP modes is selected, the DSP indicator lights
up on the display.

Creating sound field

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

LIVE CLUB : Gives the feeling of a live music club with a low

ceiling.

DANCE CLUB : Gives a throbbing bass beat.
HALL : Gives clear vocal and the feeling of a concert

hall.

PAVILION : Gives the spacious feeling of a pavilion with a

high ceiling.

Available DSP modes according to the input signal format

Reflections from behind

Early reflections

Direct sounds

V: Possible 2: Impossible

DSP Modes SURROUND THEATRE LIVE CLUB DANCE CLUB HALL PAVILION STEREO

Analog

Linear PCM

Dolby Digital

Input Signal format

*1Dolby Digital is activated except when 2 channel signals come in (in this case, Dolby Pro Logic is activated).
*2DTS Digital Surround is activated except when 2 channel signals come in (in this case, Dolby Pro Logic is activated).

DTS

(DTS Digital Surround)

V

(Dolby Pro Logic)

V

(Dolby Pro Logic)

1

V *

(Dolby Digital)

2

V *

V V V VVV

V V V VVV

22222V

22222V

31

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

About Relations between Speaker Layout and DSP Modes

Available DSP modes will vary depending on how many speakers are used with this unit.

Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly (see page 15).

• If only front speakers are connected, you cannot use the DSP modes.

• If rear speakers are not connected, you cannot use Theater Surround and the DSP modes.

5 Channels

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

4 Channels

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Speaker Layouts

TV

Center speaker

TV

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Front

speaker

Rear

speaker

Available DSP modes

Surround mode

Each time you press SURROUND ON/OFF, Surround mode turns on or off
(“STEREO”):

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DOLBY D

LCR
SUBWFR LFE
LS RS

DGTL AUTO

VOL

(Remote)

SURROUND

ON/OFF

(Dolby Digital)

(Front panel)

DSP mode

Each time you press DSP MODE, the DSP modes (Theatre Surround and DAP
modes) change as follows:

DSP
MODE

(Remote)

DSP

MODE

(Front panel)

ANALOG

(back to the begining)

LR

SUBWFR

PRO LOGIC
DSP

VOL

Surround mode

Each time you press SURROUND ON/OFF, Surround mode turns on or off
(“STEREO”):

3 Channels

Front

speaker

TV

Center speaker

Front

speaker

SURROUND

ON/OFF

(Remote)

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DOLBY D

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS RS

DGTL AUTO

(Front panel)

DSP mode

All DSP modes cannot be used.

When “AUTO SR (Auto Surround)” is turned “ON”

Surround mode is automatically activated when you select and start playing back a multichannel source.

VOL

(Dolby Digital)

32

It will be convenient for you to use the remote control

(Left front speaker)

(Left rear speaker)

(Right rear speaker)

(Center speaker)

(Right front speaker)

for DSP operations, since you can adjust them from
your listening point, and use the test signal.

• When using the buttons on the front panel, see pages 37
to 39.

AUDIO

TEST

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP

MODE

VCR

TVSTB

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

AM

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

10

EON SELECT

ENTER

EON

SUBWOOFER

0

PTY SEARCH

+10

100+

MENU

SURROUND

ON/OFF

TREBLE–

RETURN FM MODE

RDS

DVD

SURROUND
ON/OFF

Using Surround Modes (Remote Control)

Surround mode cannot be used with another DSP mode. Once
Surround mode is activated, the other DSP mode in use will be
canceled.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

1

Select and play software encoded with Dolby
Surround, Dolby Digital, or DTS Digital
Surround.

If “AUTO SR (Auto Surround)” is set to “ON”

Playing a digital source automatically activates an appropriate
Surround mode. (See pages 18 and 19.)

2

Press SURROUND ON/OFF to activate an
appropriate Surround mode — Pro Logic, Dolby
Digital, or DTS Digital Surround.

• Each time you press the button, Surround mode turns on and
off alternately.

SURROUND

ON/OFF

UTO

Then

VOL

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

RM-SRXE100R

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

VCR

CONTROL

FF/

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

REMOTE CONTROL

MUTING

Before y ou start, remember...

• Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly
(see page 15).

• You cannot adjust the center speaker output level when you have
set “CTR SP” to “NO.”

• You cannot adjust the rear speaker output levels when you have set
“REAR SP” to “NO.”

• Remember not to change the speaker setting while using any DSP
mode; otherwise, it may be canceled when you deactivate the
speakers required for the DSP mode.

UTO

VOL

Ex.: When Dolby Digital is activated

Note:

When playing back an analogue source, “SURROUND ON” will
not appear, and “PRO LOGIC” appears as soon as you press
SURROUND ON/OFF. (The PRO LOGIC indicator also lights up
on the display.)

3

Press TEST to check the speaker output balance.

TEST

LOGIC

L AUTO

T ATT

VOL

“TEST L” starts flashing on the display, and a test tone comes
out of the speakers in the following order:

Notes:

• You can adjust the speaker output levels without outputting the
test tone.

• No test tone comes out of the center speaker when “CTR SP”
is set to “NO.”

• No test tone comes out of the rear speakers when “REAR SP”
is set to “NO.”

TO BE CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE

33

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

VOL

TEST

AUDIO

SOUND

TEST

EFFECT

DSP MODE

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP
MODE

VCR

TVSTB

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

AM

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

SUBWOOFER

TREBLE–

10

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

0

PTY SEARCH

+10

100+

MENU

SURROUND

ON/OFF

CENTER
+/–

REAR•L
+/–

REAR•R

RDS
DVD

+/–

SURROUND
ON/OFF

To adjust the center speaker level, press CENTER +/–.

CENTER

23

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

VOL

To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR•L +/–.

REAR-L

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

PRO LOGIC

LCR

56

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

VOL

4

Press SOUND.

SOUND

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

RM-SRXE100R

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

VCR

CONTROL

FF/

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

REMOTE CONTROL

MUTING

The 10 keys now work for sound adjustments.

To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR•R +/–.

REAR-R

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

VOL

ANALOG

89

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

6

Press TEST again to stop the test tone.

To cancel Surround Mode

Press SURROUND ON/OFF again so that “STEREO” appears on
the display.

• If Surround mode is canceled while playing back multichannel
digital software, all channel signals are mixed and output through
the front speakers (and subwoofer if you have connected a
subwoofer and set the subwoofer setting correctly – “YES”).

5

Adjust the following speaker output levels
(from –10 to +10).

• Make adjustments so that the sound level of the selected
speaker is set at the same level as that of the front speakers.

34

Using Theatre Surround (Remote Control)

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR

VOL

DSP

LR

LS S RS

T

Theatre Surround cannot be used with another DSP mode. Once
Theatre Surround is activated, the other DSP mode in use will be
canceled.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

• You cannot use Theater Surround if no rear speakers are
connected.

1

Select and play software encoded with Dolby
Surround.

2

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until “THEATRE”
appears on the display.

The PRO LOGIC and DSP indicator light up on the display.

DSP

MODE

3

Press TEST to check the speaker output balance.

TEST

LOGIC

L AUTO

UT ATT

ANALOG

“TEST L” starts flashing on the display, and a test tone comes
out of the speakers in the following order:

LR

SUBWFR

PRO LOGIC
DSP

VOL

5

Adjust the following speaker output levels
(from –10 to +10).

• Make adjustments so that the sound level of the selected
speaker is set at the same level as that of the front speakers.

To adjust the center speaker level, press CENTER +/–.

CENTER

23

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR•L +/–.

56

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR•R +/–.

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

PRO LOGIC

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

REAR-L

PRO LOGIC

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

REAR-R

89

PRO LOGIC

LCR

DSP

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

LS S RS

INPUT ATT

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

VOL

VOL

VOL

(Left front speaker)

(Left rear speaker)

(Center speaker)

(Right front speaker)

(Right rear speaker)

Notes:

• You can adjust the speaker output levels without outputting the
test tone.

• No test tone comes out of the center speaker when “CTR SP”
is set to “NO.”

4

Press SOUND.

SOUND

The 10 keys now work for sound adjustments.

6

Press TEST again to stop the test tone.

TEST

7

Press EFFECT to select the DSP effect level (1 to

IC

TO
T

VOL

5) you want.

• As the number increases, the DSP effect becomes stronger
(normally set it to “EFFECT 3”).

EFFECT

To cancel Theatre Surround

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until “STEREO” appears on the
display. The PRO LOGIC and DSP indicators go off.

35

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR

VOL

DSP

LR

LS S RS

AUDIO

SOUND

EFFECT

DSP MODE

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

SOUND BASS+ CENTER

TEST

BASS BOOST

EFFECT

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

DSP

MODE

TV/VIDEO

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

VCR

TVSTB

SLEEP TV DIRECT

TAPE

FM

AM

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

SUBWOOFER

TREBLE–

10

RETURN FM MODE

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

CHANNEL VOLUMETV VOL

DIMMER

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

0

PTY SEARCH

VCR

CONTROL

+10

100+

MENU

SURROUND

ON/OFF

MUTING

FF/

REAR•L
+/–

REAR•R

RDS

DVD

+/–

2

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until one of the
DAP modes appears on the display.

The DSP indicator lights up on the display.

DSP
MODE

ANALOG

LR

DSP

SUBWFR

LS S RS

(back to the begining)

3

Press SOUND.

SOUND

The 10 keys now work for sound adjustments.

4

Adjust the rear speaker output levels
(from –10 to +10).

• Make adjustments so that the sound level of the selected
speaker is set at the same level as that of the front speakers.

To adjust the left rear speaker level, press REAR•L +/–.

REAR-L

56

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

VOL

VOL

RM-SRXE100R REMOTE CONTROL

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

Using DAP Modes (Remote Control)

A DAP mode cannot be used with another DSP mode. Once one of
the DAP modes is activated, the other DSP mode in use will be
canceled.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

• You cannot use the DAP modes if no rear speakers are connected.

1

Select and play stereo analogue software or
Linear PCM digital software.

To adjust the right rear speaker level, press REAR•R +/–.

REAR-R

89

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

VOL

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

5

Press EFFECT to select the DSP effect level (1 to

5) you want.

• As the number increases, the DSP effect becomes stronger
(normally set it to “EFFECT 3”).

EFFECT

To cancel DAP Mode

Press DSP MODE repeatedly so that “STEREO” appears on the
display. The DSP indicator goes off.

36

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

Display

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

MEMORY

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

INPUT ATT

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

ADJUST

Before y ou start, remember...

• Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly
(see page 15).

• You cannot adjust the center speaker output level when you have
set “CTR SP” to “NO.”

• You cannot adjust the rear speaker output levels when you have set
“REAR SP” to “NO.”

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

When using the remote control for DSP operations,
see pages 33 to 36.

2

Press SURROUND ON/OFF to activate an
appropriate Surround mode — Pro Logic, Dolby
Digital, or DTS Digital Surround.

• Each time you press the button, Surround mode turns on and
off alternately.

AUTO

MH

Z

KH

Z

VOL

SURROUND

FM/AM

ON/OFF

SURROUND

DSP

INPUT

ON/OFF

ANALOG/DIGITAL

MODE

INPUT ATT

SURROUND

ON/OFF

UTO

MASTER V OLUME

VOL

Using Surround Modes (Front Panel)

Surround mode cannot be used with another DSP mode. Once
Surround mode is activated, the other DSP mode in use will be
canceled.
When using the buttons on the front panel, no test tone is available.
Make adjustments while listening to the sound of the source played
back.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

1

Select and play software encoded with Dolby
Surround, Dolby Digital, or DTS Digital
Surround.

If “AUTO SR (Auto Surround)” is set to “ON”

Playing a digital source automatically activates an appropriate
Surround mode. (See pages 18 and 19.)

Then

UTO

Note:

Ex.: When Dolby Digital is activated

When playing back an analogue source, “SURROUND ON” will
not appear, and “PRO LOGIC” appears as soon as you press
SURROUND ON/OFF. (The PRO LOGIC indicator also lights up
on the display.)

3

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

4

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until one
of the following indications (with the current

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

* appears.

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

setting)

VOL

VOL

TO BE CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE

37

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

DSP

MODE

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

CONTROL

5/∞/3/2

Display

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DIGITAL

SURROUND

TV DIRECT

SETTING

DIGITAL

ADJUST

CONTROL

MEMORY

ADJUST

CENTER : To adjust the center speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

REAR L : To adjust the left rear speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

REAR R : To adjust the right rear speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

* “0” is the initial setting for these speaker output levels.

If you have already changed the setting, another setting will be
shown.

5

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to adjust the speaker
output level.

• Make adjustments so that the sound level of the selected
speaker is set at the same level as that of the front speakers.

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

ANALOG

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

HOME CINEMA CONTROL CENTER

RX-E100R

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE FM/AM

PRO LOGIC

ANALOG

SLEEP RDS EON TA STTUNEDINFOHEWS MUTING

LCR

DSP

LPCM

SUBWFR LFE

DGTL AUTO

DOLBY D

LS S RS

DTS

INPUT ATT

DVD

DVD STB VCR TV TAPE

AUTO

Z

MH
KH

Z

VOL

Using Theatre Surround (Front Panel)

Theatre Surround cannot be used with another DSP mode. Once
Theatre Surround is activated, the other DSP mode in use will be
canceled.
When using the buttons on the front panel, no test tone is available.
Make adjustments while listening to the sound of the source played
back.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

• You cannot use Theater Surround if no rear speakers are
connected.

1

Select and play software encoded with Dolby
Surround.

2

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until “THEATRE”
appears on the display.

The PRO LOGIC and DSP indicators light up on the display.

VOL

SURROUND

DSP

INPUT

ON/OFF

INPUT ATT

MODE

MASTER V OLUME

ANALOG/DIGITAL

FM/AM

DSP

MODE

LR

SUBWFR

PRO LOGIC

DSP

ANALOG

Ex.: When adjusting the center speaker output level

6

Repeat steps 4 and 5 to adjust the other speaker
levels.

To cancel Surround Mode

Press SURROUND ON/OFF again so that “STEREO” appears on
the display.

• If Surround mode is canceled while playing back multichannel
digital software, all channel signals are mixed and output through
the front speakers (and subwoofer if you have connected a
subwoofer and set the subwoofer setting correctly – “YES”).

38

3

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

4

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until one
of the following indications (with the current
setting)

* appears.

CONTROL

CENTER : To adjust the center speaker output level

ANALOG

PRO LOGIC

SUBWFR LFE

VOL

DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

DSP

LCR

LS S RS

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

(from –10 to +10).

REAR L : To adjust the left rear speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

REAR R : To adjust the right rear speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

EFFECT :To adjust the DSP effect level. As the number

increases, the effect becomes stronger (normally set
it to “EFFECT 3”).

3

Press ADJUST .

ADJUST

The CONTROL buttons now work for sound
adjustments.

4

Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5) repeatedly until one
of the following indications (with the current
setting)

* appears.

CONTROL

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

* “0” is the initial setting for the speaker output levels, and

“EFFECT 3” is for the DSP effect level.
If you have already changed the setting, another setting will be
shown.

5

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to make an
adjustment.

• When adjusting the speaker output levels, make adjustments
so that the sound level of the selected speaker is set at the
same level as that of the front speakers.

CONTROL

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO
INPUT ATT

VOL

ANALOG

LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

Ex.: When adjusting the center speaker output level

6

Repeat steps 4 and 5 to make other
adjustments.

To cancel Theatre Surround

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until “STEREO” appears on the
display. The PRO LOGIC and DSP indicators go off.

LCR

SUBWFR LFE

LS S RS

PRO LOGIC
DSP
DGTL AUTO

INPUT ATT

ANALOG
LPCM
DOLBY D
DTS

REAR L : To adjust the left rear speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

REAR R :To adjust the right rear speaker output level

(from –10 to +10).

EFFECT :To adjust the DSP effect level. As the number

increases, the effect becomes stronger (normally set
it to “EFFECT 3”).

* “0” is the initial setting for the speaker output levels, and

“EFFECT 3” is for the DSP effect level.
If you have already changed the setting, another setting will be
shown.

5

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to make an
adjustment.

• When adjusting the speaker output levels, make adjustments
so that the sound level of the selected speaker is set at the
same level as that of the front speakers.

CONTROL

VOL

Using DAP Modes (Front Panel)

A DAP mode cannot be used with another DSP mode. Once one of
the DAP modes is activated, the other DSP mode in use will be
canceled.

• You have to make this adjustment for each source.

• You cannot use the DAP modes if no rear speakers are connected.

1

Select and play stereo analogue software or
Linear PCM digital software.

2

Press DSP MODE repeatedly until one of the
DAP modes appears on the display.

The DSP indicator lights up on the display.

DSP

MODE

ANALOG

LR

DSP

SUBWFR

LS S RS

(back to the begining)

Ex.: When adjusting the left rear speaker output level

6

Repeat steps 4 and 5 to make other
adjustments.

To cancel DAP Mode

Press DSP MODE repeatedly so that “STEREO” appears on the
display. The DSP indicator goes off.

VOL

39

Mastering Remote Operations

VOLUME

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

BASS BOOST

You can use the remote control to operate not only this
unit but also other JVC products.

• Refer also to the manuals supplied for the other products.
– This remote control can operate a VCR whose remote

control code is set to A code.

• To operate the other products, aim the remote control
directly at the remote sensor on the target product.

■ Operating this unit

❏ Turning on the Power — POWER buttons

(see also page 10)

AUDIO : Turn off this unit.
AUDIO : Turn on this unit.

❏ Selecting the source — Source selecting

buttons (see also page 10)

DVD STB VCR TV

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

DVD : Select the DVD player.
STB :Select STB.
VCR : Select the VCR.
TV : Select the TV.
TAPE : Select the cassette recorder.
FM : Select the FM band.
AM : Select the AM band.

These buttons also change the functions of the 10 keys, and
make them work to operate the target source components. (See
the next page.)

TAPE

FM

AM

❏ Turning off the sound temporarily

— MUTING button (see also page 12)

MUTING

Turn on or off the sound output.

❏ Turning off the unit automatically

— SLEEP button (see also page 12)

SLEEP

Set the shut-off time until the unit turns off
automatically.

❏ Changing the Display Brightness

— DIMMER button (see also page 12)

DIMMER

Dim or brighten the display illuminations.

❏ Selecting analogue or digital input —

ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT button

(see also page 13)

Select either analogue input or digital input
for the digital source.

❏ Creating realistic sound fields — SURROUND

ON/OFF and DSP MODE buttons

(see also pages 32 – 36)

SURROUND

ON/OFF

DSP

MODE

SURROUND ON/OFF :Turn on or off Surround

mode.

DSP MODE : Select the DSP modes (Theatre

Surround and DAP modes). Each
time you press the button, the
DSP modes change.

❏ Reinforcing the Bass — BASS BOOST button

(see also pages 21)

Turn on or off Bass Boost.

❏ Adjusting the sound — SOUND, TEST,

EFFECT buttons (see also pages 32 – 36)

❏ Adjusting the volume — VOLUME buttons

❏ Activating the TV Direct — TV DIRECT

40

(see also page 10)

Adjust the volume level.

button (see also page 11)

TV DIRECT

Activate the TV Direct.

SOUND

TEST

EFFECT

SOUND : Change the functions of 10 keys,

and make them work for sound
adjustments.

TEST : Turn on or off the test tone

output.

EFFECT : Change the DSP effect level.

❏ Adjusting the sound and operating tuner

BASS+ CENTER

BASS– REAR-L

TREBLE+ REAR-R

TREBLE–

SUBWOOFER

RETURN FM MODE

123

456

789

10

0

+10

+100

— 10 keys

■ After pressing SOUND, you can use the 10 keys for sound

adjustments. (see also pages 32 – 36)

BASS+ CENTER

123

BASS– REAR-L

456

TREBLE+ REAR-R

789

TREBLE–

10

RETURN FM MODE

BASS +/– : Adjust the bass sounds.
TREBLE +/– : Adjust the treble sounds.
CENTER +/– : Adjust the center speaker output level.
REAR•L +/– : Adjust the left rear speaker output level.
REAR•R +/– : Adjust the right rear speaker output level.
SUBWOOFER +/– :Adjust the subwoofer level.

SUBWOOFER

0

+10

+100

■ Operating other JVC’s products
❏ Turning on the Power — POWER buttons

DVD : Turn on or off a DVD player.
STB : Turn on or off an STB.
VCR : Turn on or off a VCR.
TV : Turn on or off a TV.

❏ Selecting the channels and operating tuner

— 10 keys

Mastering Remote Operations

■ After pressing FM or AM, you can use the 10 keys for

tuner operations.

1 – 10, +10 :Select a preset channel.
FM MODE (0) : Change FM MODE.

Example: Selecting preset FM/AM channel numbers

using the 10 keys

• For number 5, press 5.

• For number 15, press +10, then 5.

• For number 30, press +10, +10, then 10.

❏ Tuning in stations Manually — TUNING UP

and TUNING DOWN buttons

(see also page 23)

After pressing FM or AM, you can change the frequencies by
pressing (and holding) the buttons.

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

FF/

■ After pressing TV (source selecting button), you can use the

10 keys for selecting a channel on the TV.

1 – 9, 0, +10 (+100) : Select a channel.
RETURN (10) : Function as the RETURN button.

■ After pressing VCR (source selecting button) or

VCR CONTROL, you can use the 10 keys for VCR

operations.

VCR

CONTROL

1 – 9, 0 : Select a channel on the VCR.

If you use VCR CONTROL, you can
change the functions of 10 keys for VCR
operations without changing the current
source.

■ After pressing STB, you can use the 10 keys for STB

operations.

1 – 9, 0 : Select a channel.

41

Mastering Remote Operations

❏ Operating other JVC products — Audio/video

operation buttons

CHANNEL

/REW

DOWN UP

REC

PLAY

TUNING

STOP PAUSE

■ After pressing DVD (source selecting button), you can use

the following buttons for DVD operations.

PLAY : Start playback.
STOP : Stop playback.
PAUSE : Pause playback. To release it, press PLA Y.

¢ : Skip to the beginning of the next track.
4 : Return to the beginning of the current

(or previous) track.

■ After pressing TV (source selecting button), you can use the

following buttons for changing the channels on the TV.

CHANNEL +/– : Change channel numbers.

FF/

■ After pressing STB (source selecting button), you can use

the following buttons for STB operations.

CHANNEL +/– : Change channel numbers on the STB.

■ These buttons works only for TVs.

TV/VIDEO : Change the input mode (Video input

TV VOL

TV VOL +/– : Adjust the volume on the TV.

TV/VIDEO

and TV tuner) on the TV.

❏ Operating DVD menu for JVC DVD player

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

PTY( PTY9

EON SELECT

EON

ENTER

PTY SEARCH

RDS

DVD

MENU

■ After pressing VCR (source selecting button), you can use

the following buttons for VCR operations.

CHANNEL +/– : Change channel numbers on the VCR.
PLAY : Start playback.
STOP : Stop playback.
PAUSE : Pause playback. To release it, press PLAY.
FF : Fast-wind a tape.
REW : Rewind a tape.

÷ REC : • Press this button with the PLAY button to

start recording pressed and hold.

• Press this button with the PAUSE button to

enter recording pause.

■ After setting RDS/DVD MENU selector to “DVD

MENU, ” you can use the buttons illustrated above for DVD

menu operations.

DVD MENU : Display or erase the menu screen.
% / fi / @ / # : Select an item on the menu screen.
ENTER : Enter a selected item.

42

■ Operating other Manufacturers’

Equipment

By changing the transmittable signals, you can use the
remote control supplied for this unit to operate other
manufacturers’ equipment.

• Refer also to the manuals supplied for the other products.

• To operate these components with the remote control, first you
need to set the manufacturer’s code each for DVD player,
STB, VCR, and TV.

• After replacing batteries of the remote control, set the
manufactures’ codes again.

❏ To change the transmittable signals for operating a

DVD player

1. Press and hold DVD .

2. Press DVD.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9, and 0.

4. Release DVD

Now, you can perform the following operations on the DVD
player.

DVD : Turn on or off the DVD player.
PLAY : Start playback.
STOP : Stop playback.
PAUSE : Pause playback. To release it, press PLAY.

¢ : Skip to the beginning of the next track.
4 : Return to the beginning of the current

After pressing DVD MENU when setting RDS/DVD
MENU selector to “DVD MENU, ” these buttons can be
used for the DVD menu operations.

DISPLAY MODE

DVD MENU

Note:

For detailed menu operations, refer to the instructions
supplied with the discs or the DVD player.

5. Try to operate your DVD player by pressing
DVD

.

When your DVD player turns on or off, you have entered the
correct code.

Manufacturers’ codes for DVD player

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 01
PANASONIC 02
PHILIPS 07
PIONEER 03
SONY 05
TOSHIBA 04
YAMAHA 06

.

(or previous) track.

EON SELECT

PTY( PTY9

EON

ENTER

PTY SEARCH

RDS

DVD

MENU

❏ To change the transmittable signals for operating an

STB

1. Press and hold STB .

2. Press STB.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9, and 0.

4. Release STB

Now, you can perform the following operations on the STB.

STB : Turn on or off the STB.
CHANNEL +/– : Change the channels.
1 – 10, 0, +10 (+100) : Select the channels.

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your STB.

5. Try to operate your STB by pressing STB .

When your STB turns on or off, you have entered the correct
code.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of STB,

try each one until the correct one is entered.

.

Manufacturers’ codes for STB

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 01, 02
AMSTRAD 03 – 06, 33
BT 01
CANAL STELLITE 22
CANAL + 22
D – BOX 26
ECHOSTAR 19 – 21, 23
FINLUX 11
FORCE 30
GALAXIS 29
GRUNDIG 07, 08
HIRSCHMANN 07, 19, 39
ITT NOKIA 11
JERROLD 16
KATHREIN 13, 14, 36
LUXOR 11
MASCOM 34
MASPRO 13
NOKIA 26, 28, 35
PACE 10, 27, 33
PANASONIC 15
PHILIPS 09, 25
RFT 12
SABA 37
SAGEM 24, 31
SALORA 11
SELECTOR 31
SKYMASTER 12, 38
THOMSON 37
TPS 24
TRIAX 32
VIDEOWAY 17, 18
WISI 07

Mastering Remote Operations

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without notice. If
they are changed, this remote control cannot operate the
equipment.

43

Mastering Remote Operations

❏ To change the transmittable signals for operating an

VCR

1. Press and hold VCR .

2. Press VCR.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9, and 0.

4. Release VCR

Now, you can perform the following operations on the VCR.

VCR : Turn on or off the VCR.
CHANNEL +/– : Change the channels.
1 – 10, 0, +10 (+100) : Select the channels.
PLAY : Start playback.
STOP : Stop playback.
PAUSE : Pause playback. To release it, press

FF : Fast-wind a tape.
REW : Rewind a tape.
÷ REC : • Press this button with the PLAY

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your VCR.

5. Try to operate your VCR by pressing VCR .

When your VCR turns on or off, you have entered the
correct code.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of
VCR, try each one until the correct one is entered.

Manufacturers’ codes for VCR

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 01
AIWA 02, 20
BELL+HOWELL 03, 16
BLAUPUNKT 04
CGM 03, 05, 16
DAEWOO 34
DIGTAL 05
FISHER 03, 16
G.E. 06
GRUNDIG 07
HITACHI 08, 09
LOEWE 05, 10, 11
MAGNAVOX 04, 05
MITSUBISHI 12 – 15
NOKIA 16
NORDMENDE 17 – 19, 31
ORION 20
PANASONIC 21
PHILIPS 05, 22
PHONOLA 05
SABA 17 – 19, 23, 31
SAMSUNG 24, 25
SANYO 03, 16
SHARP 26, 27
SIEMENS 07
SONY 28 – 30, 35
TELEFUNKEN 17 – 19, 31, 32
TOSHIBA 33

.

PLA Y .

button to start recording pressed and
hold.

• Press this button with the PAUSE

button to enter recording pause.

❏ To change the transmittable signals for operating a

TV

1. Press and hold TV .

2. Press TV.

3. Enter manufacturer’s code using buttons 1–9, and 0.

4. Release TV

Now, you can perform the following operations on the TV.

TV : Turn on or off the TV.
TV VOL +/– : Adjust the volume.
TV/VIDEO : Set the input mode (either TV or

CHANNEL +/– : Change the channels.
1 – 9, 0, +10 (+100) : Select the channels.
RETURN (10) : Function as the RETURN button.

Note:

Refer to the manual supplied with your TV.

5. Try to operate your TV by pressing TV .

When your TV turns on or off, you have entered the correct
code.

If there are more than one code listed for your brand of TV,

try each one until the correct one is entered.

Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without notice. If
they are changed, this remote control cannot operate the
equipment.

.

VIDEO)

Manufacturers’ codes for TV

Manufacturer Codes

JVC 01
AKAI 02, 05
BLAUPUNKT 03
DAEWOO 10, 31, 32
FENNER 04, 31, 32
FISHER 05
GRUNDIG 06
HITACHI 07, 08
INNO-HIT 09
IRRADIO 02, 05
MAGNAVOX 10
MITSUBISHI 11, 33
MIVER 03
NOKIA 12, 34
NORDMENDE 13, 14, 18, 26 – 28
OKANO 09
ORION 15
PANASONIC 16, 17
PHILIPS 10
SABA 13, 14, 18, 26 – 28
SAMSUNG 10, 19, 32
SANYO 05
SCHNEIDER 02, 05
SHARP 20
SONY 21 – 25
TELEFUNKEN 13, 14, 18, 26 – 28
THOMSON 13, 14, 18, 26 – 28, 30
TOSHIBA 29

44

Troubleshooting

Use this chart to help you solve daily operational problems. If there is any problem you cannot solve, contact your JVC service center.

PROBLEM

The power does not comes on.
No sound from speakers.

Sound from one speaker only.

Continuous hiss or buzzing during FM
reception.

POSSIBLE CAUSE

The power cord is not plugged in.

Speaker signal cables are not
connected.

An incorrect source is selected.
Muting is activated.

An incorrect input mode (analogue or
digital) is selected.

Connections are incorrect.

The balance is set to one extreme.
Incoming signal is too weak.

The station is too far away.

An incorrect antenna is used.

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet.
Check speaker wiring and reconnect if

necessary.
Select the correct source.

Press MUTING to cancel the mute.

Select the correct input mode (analogue or
digital).

Check connections.
Adjust the balance properly (see page 20).

Connect an outdoor FM antenna or contact
your dealer.

Select a new station.

Check with your dealer to be sure you have
a correct antenna.

SOLUTION

Mastering Remote Operations/Troubleshooting

Occasional cracking noise during FM
reception.

“OVERLOAD” starts flashing on the
display.

The STANDBY lamp lights up after
turning on the power, but soon the unit
turns off (into standby mode).

Remote control does not operate as you
intend.

Remote control does not work.

Antennas are not connected properly.

Ignition noise from automobiles.

Speakers are overloaded because of
high volume.

Speakers are overloaded because of
short circuit of speaker terminals.

The unit is overloaded because of a
high voltage.

The remote control is not ready for
your intended operation.

There is an obstruction hiding the
remote sensor on the unit.

Check connections.
Move the antenna farther from automobile

traffic.

1. Press POWER on the front panel to turn
off the unit.

2. Stop the playback source.

3. Turn on the unit again, and adjust the
volume.

Press POWER on the front panel to turn off
the unit, then check the speaker wiring.
If “OVERLOAD” does not disappear,
unplug the AC power cord, then plug it
back again.
If speaker wiring is not short-circuited,
contact your dealer.

Press POWER on the front panel to turn off
the unit. After unplugging the power cord,
consult your dealer.

Press SOUND or source selecting buttons
first, then press the button you want to use.
(See pages 40 and 41.)

Remove the obstruction.

Batteries are weak.

RDS/DVD MENU mode selector is set
to the wrong position.

Note:

When you use the digital coaxial connection, the sounds may be intermitted by the outside noise such as a lightning discharge but they will
restore automatically. This is not a malfunction.

Replace batteries.

Set RDS/DVD MENU mode selector to the
proper position.

45